(image-dired-sane-db-file): New func.
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17941 38806))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36 \(fn)" t nil)
37
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41 \(fn)" t nil)
42
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46 \(fn)" t nil)
47
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
51
52 \(fn)" t nil)
53
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64 ;;;***
65 \f
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17905 55681))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
69
70 ;;;***
71 \f
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
73 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
75
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
78
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
80
81 ;;;***
82 \f
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
84 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
86
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
90 extensions.
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
92 the file name.
93
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
95
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
98
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
100 \\{ada-mode-map}
101
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
104
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
107
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
110
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
112
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
115
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
118
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
124
125 If you use imenu.el:
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
127
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
134
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
139
140 \(fn)" t nil)
141
142 ;;;***
143 \f
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
147
148 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
150
151 \(fn)" t nil)
152
153 ;;;***
154 \f
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
158
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
162
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
164
165 ;;;***
166 \f
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17851 44469))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
173
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
178
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" t)
180
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
184
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log" t)
186
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
193
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log" t)
195
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
198
199 \(fn)" nil nil)
200
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
203
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
208
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
212
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
216
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
218
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
223
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
226
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
228
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
232
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
235 the same person.
236
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
239 notices.
240
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
243
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
245
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
250
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
253
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
261
262 \(fn)" t nil)
263
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
266
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
269
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
272
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
275
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
278
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
284
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
286
287 \(fn)" nil nil)
288
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
293 or a buffer.
294
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
297
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
299
300 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
301 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
302
303 \(fn)" t nil)
304
305 ;;;***
306 \f
307 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17992 30878))
310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
311
312 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
313 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
319 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
320 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
321 interpreted as `error'.")
322
323 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice" t)
324
325 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
326 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
331 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
332 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
333
334 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice" t)
335
336 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice) "advice" "\
337 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
338
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
340
341 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice) "advice" "\
342 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
343
344 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
345
346 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
347 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
350 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354 will be overwritten with the new one.
355 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357 will clear the cache.
358
359 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
360
361 (autoload (quote ad-activate) "advice" "\
362 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
366 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
369 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
374 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
376 definition will always be cached for later usage.
377
378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
379
380 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
381 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
383
384 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
386 BODY... )
387
388 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392 see also `ad-add-advice'.
393 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
395 before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
402
403 Semantics of the various flags:
404 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
406 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
407
408 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
410
411 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412 advised function should be compiled.
413
414 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415 during activation until somebody enables it.
416
417 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
420 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
421
422 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
424 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
426 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
427 during preloading.
428
429 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
430
431 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
432
433 ;;;***
434 \f
435 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17842 58280))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
439
440 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
441 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
443 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446 rule's `separate' attribute).
447
448 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450 `separate' attribute set.
451
452 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
455 on the format of these lists.
456
457 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458
459 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
460 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
462 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
463 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
469 options.
470
471 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
473
474 Fred (123) 456-7890
475 Alice (123) 456-7890
476 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
477 Joe (123) 456-7890
478
479 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
482
483 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
484
485 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
486 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
490 align that section.
491
492 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
493
494 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
495 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
498 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500 been used to align that section.
501
502 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
503
504 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
505 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
507 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
510 to be colored.
511
512 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
513
514 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
515 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
516
517 \(fn)" t nil)
518
519 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
520 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
521
522 \(fn)" t nil)
523
524 ;;;***
525 \f
526 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
527 ;;;;;; (17892 52945))
528 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
529
530 (put (quote allout-show-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
531
532 (put (quote allout-header-prefix) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
533
534 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
535
536 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
537
538 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
539
540 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x (quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start))) (stringp x)))))
541
542 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
543
544 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
545
546 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
547
548 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
549
550 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote integerp))
551
552 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
553
554 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x (quote (nil t text force))))))
555
556 (put (quote allout-layout) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x (quote (: * + -)))))))
557
558 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
559
560 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
561
562 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
563 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
564 \\<allout-mode-map>
565
566 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
568
569 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
572 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
573 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
574 outline.)
575
576 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577
578 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
579 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
584 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
585 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
586
587 and many other features.
588
589 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
590 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
591 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
592 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
593 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
594
595 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
596 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
597 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
598 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
600 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" - then you can invoke allout
601 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
602 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
603
604 Exposure Control:
605 ----------------
606 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
607 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
608 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
609 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
610 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
611
612 Navigation:
613 ----------
614 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
615 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
617 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
618 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
620 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' - like regular beginning-of-line, but
622 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
623 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
624
625
626 Topic Header Production:
627 -----------------------
628 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
629 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
631
632 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
633 ---------------------------------
634 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
635 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
636 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
637 current topic
638 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
639 its' offspring - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
640 are alternated according to nesting depth.
641 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings -
642 the offspring are not affected.
643 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
644
645 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
646 ----------------------------------
647 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
648 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
650 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
651 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
652 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
653 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
654 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
655
656 Topic-oriented Encryption:
657 -------------------------
658 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
659 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
660
661 Misc commands:
662 -------------
663 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
664 and establish a default file-var setting
665 for `allout-layout'.
666 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
667 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
668 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
669 buffer with name derived from derived from that
670 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
671 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
672 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
673 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
674 format.
675 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
676 auto-activation.
677
678 Topic Encryption
679
680 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
681 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
682 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
683 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
684
685 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
686 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
687 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
688 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
689
690 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
691 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
692 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
693 pitfalls.
694
695 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
696 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
697 for details.
698
699 HOT-SPOT Operation
700
701 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
702 navigation and exposure control.
703
704 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
705 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
706 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
707 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
708 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
709
710 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
711 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
712 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
713 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
714 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
715
716 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
717 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
718 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
719 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
720 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
721 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
722 at the beginning of the current entry.
723
724 Extending Allout
725
726 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
727 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
728 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
729
730 `allout-mode-hook'
731 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
732 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
733 `allout-structure-added-hook'
734 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
735 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
736
737 Terminology
738
739 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
740
741 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
742 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
743 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
744 CURRENT ITEM:
745 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
746 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
747 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
748 called the:
749 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
750
751 ANCESTORS:
752 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
753 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
754 of the ITEM.
755 OFFSPRING:
756 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
757 SUBTOPIC:
758 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
759 CHILD:
760 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
761 SIBLINGS:
762 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
763
764 Topic text constituents:
765
766 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
767 text.
768 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
769 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
770 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
771 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
772 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
773 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
774 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
775 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
776 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
777 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
778 the PREFIX.
779
780 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
781 of the ITEM.
782 PREFIX-LEAD:
783 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
784 It can be customized by changing the setting of
785 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
786
787 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
788 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
789 program code without interfering with processing of the text
790 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
791 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
792 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
793 docstring for more detail.
794 PREFIX-PADDING:
795 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
796 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
797 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
798 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
799 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
800 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
801 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
802 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
803 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
804 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
805 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
806 more details.
807 EXPOSURE:
808 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
809 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
810 CONCEALED:
811 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
812 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
813
814 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
815 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
816 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
817
818 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
819
820 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
821
822 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
823 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
824
825 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
826 setup for auto-startup.
827
828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
829
830 ;;;***
831 \f
832 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
833 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17905 9579))
834 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
835
836 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
837
838 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
839 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
840 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
841 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
842 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
843 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
844
845 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
846
847 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
848 Not documented
849
850 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
851
852 ;;;***
853 \f
854 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
855 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17941 38806))
856 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
857
858 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
859 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
860 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
861 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
862 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
863 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
864 in the current window.
865
866 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
867
868 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
869 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
870 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
871
872 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
873
874 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
875 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
876 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
877
878 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
879
880 ;;;***
881 \f
882 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
883 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17842 58280))
884 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
885
886 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
887 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
888
889 \(fn)" t nil)
890
891 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
892 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
893
894 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
895 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
896 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
897 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
898
899 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
900 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
901
902 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
903
904 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
905
906 ;;;***
907 \f
908 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
909 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17833 42928))
910 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
911
912 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
913 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
914 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
915 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
916 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
917 \\[yank].
918
919 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
920 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
921 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
922 the rules.
923
924 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
925 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
926 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
927 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
928
929 \(fn)" t nil)
930
931 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
932 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
933 \\{antlr-mode-map}
934
935 \(fn)" t nil)
936
937 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
938 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
939 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
940
941 \(fn)" nil nil)
942
943 ;;;***
944 \f
945 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
946 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
947 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
948 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17952 17513))
949 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
950
951 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
952 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
953 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
954 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
955
956 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt" t)
957
958 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
959 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
960
961 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt" t)
962
963 (defvar appt-audible t "\
964 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
965
966 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt" t)
967
968 (defvar appt-visible t "\
969 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
970 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
971
972 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt" t)
973
974 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
975 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
976 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
977
978 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt" t)
979
980 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
981 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
982 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
983
984 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt" t)
985
986 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
987 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
988 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
989
990 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt" t)
991
992 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
993 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
994 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
995
996 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt" t)
997
998 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
999 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
1000 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1001
1002 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
1003
1004 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
1005 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1006
1007 \(fn)" t nil)
1008
1009 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
1010 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1011 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1012 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1013 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1014 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1015 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1016
1017 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1018 function.
1019
1020 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1021 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1022
1023 \(fn)" nil nil)
1024
1025 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
1026 Toggle checking of appointments.
1027 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1028 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1029
1030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1031
1032 ;;;***
1033 \f
1034 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1035 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1036 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17842 58280))
1037 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1038
1039 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
1040 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1041 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1042 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1043
1044 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1045 kind of objects to search.
1046
1047 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1048
1049 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
1050 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1051 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1052 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1053 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1054 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1055
1056 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1057 normal variables.
1058
1059 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1060
1061 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
1062
1063 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
1064 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1065 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1066 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1067 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1068 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1069
1070 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1071 noninteractive functions.
1072
1073 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1074 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1075
1076 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1077 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1078
1079 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1080
1081 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
1082 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1083
1084 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1085
1086 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
1087 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1088 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1089 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1090
1091 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1092 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1093 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1094 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1095
1096 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1097 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1098
1099 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1100
1101 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1102
1103 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
1104 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1105 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1106 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1107 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1108 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1109
1110 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1111 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1112 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1113
1114 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1115
1116 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
1117 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1118 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1119 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1120 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1121 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1122
1123 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1124 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1125 bindings.
1126 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1127
1128 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1129
1130 ;;;***
1131 \f
1132 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17960
1133 ;;;;;; 49045))
1134 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1135
1136 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1137 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1138 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1139 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1140 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1141 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1142
1143 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1144 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1145 archive.
1146
1147 \\{archive-mode-map}
1148
1149 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1150
1151 ;;;***
1152 \f
1153 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17842 58280))
1154 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1155
1156 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1157 Major mode for editing arrays.
1158
1159 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1160 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1161 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1162
1163 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1164
1165 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1166 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1167 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1168
1169 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1170 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1171 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1172 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1173 The variables are:
1174
1175 Variables you assign:
1176 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1177 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1178 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1179 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1180 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1181 row numbers in the buffer.
1182
1183 Variables which are calculated:
1184 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1185 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1186
1187 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1188 take a numeric prefix argument):
1189
1190 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1191 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1192 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1193 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1194
1195 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1196 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1197 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1198 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1199
1200 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1201 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1202 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1203 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1204
1205 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1206 between that of point and mark.
1207
1208 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1209 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1210
1211 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1212 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1213 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1214 newlines inside rows)
1215
1216 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1217
1218 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1219
1220 \(fn)" t nil)
1221
1222 ;;;***
1223 \f
1224 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17842
1225 ;;;;;; 58277))
1226 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1227
1228 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1229 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1230 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1231 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1232
1233 How to quit artist mode
1234
1235 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1236
1237
1238 How to submit a bug report
1239
1240 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1241
1242
1243 Drawing with the mouse:
1244
1245 mouse-2
1246 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1247 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1248 below).
1249
1250 mouse-1
1251 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1252 or pastes:
1253
1254 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1255 --------------------------------------------------------------
1256 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1257 to new point
1258 --------------------------------------------------------------
1259 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1260 --------------------------------------------------------------
1261 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1262 --------------------------------------------------------------
1263 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1264 --------------------------------------------------------------
1265 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1266 --------------------------------------------------------------
1267 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1268 --------------------------------------------------------------
1269 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1270 --------------------------------------------------------------
1271 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1272 --------------------------------------------------------------
1273 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1274 lines
1275 --------------------------------------------------------------
1276 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1277 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1279 --------------------------------------------------------------
1280 Paste Paste Paste
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1283 --------------------------------------------------------------
1284
1285 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1286 or diagonally.
1287
1288 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1289 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1290 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1291 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1292 poly-lines.
1293
1294 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1295 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1296 overwrite means the opposite.
1297
1298 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1299 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1300 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1301
1302 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1303
1304 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1305 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1306
1307 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1308 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1309 are currently drawing something.
1310
1311 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1312 some time to fill.
1313
1314
1315 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1316 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1317
1318
1319 Settings
1320
1321 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1322
1323 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1324
1325 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1326
1327 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1328
1329 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1330 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1331
1332 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1333
1334
1335 Drawing with keys
1336
1337 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1338 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1339 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1340 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1341 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1342 When pasting: Pastes
1343
1344 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1345
1346 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1347
1348 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1349 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1350 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1351 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1352 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1353 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1354
1355
1356 Arrows
1357
1358 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1359 of the line/poly-line
1360
1361 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1362 of the line/poly-line
1363
1364
1365 Selecting operation
1366
1367 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1368
1369 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1370 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1371 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1372 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1373 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1374 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1375 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1376 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1377 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1378 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1379 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1380 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1381 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1382 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1383 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1384 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1385 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1386 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1387 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1388 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1389
1390
1391 Variables
1392
1393 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1394 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1395
1396 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1397 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1398 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1399 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1400 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1401 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1402 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1403 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1404 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1405 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1406 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1407 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1408 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1409 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1410 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1411 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1412 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1413 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1414 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1415
1416 Hooks
1417
1418 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1419 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1420
1421
1422 Keymap summary
1423
1424 \\{artist-mode-map}
1425
1426 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1427
1428 ;;;***
1429 \f
1430 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17842
1431 ;;;;;; 56333))
1432 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1433
1434 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1435 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1436 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1437
1438 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1439 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1440 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1441 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1442
1443 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1444 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1445
1446 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1447 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1448
1449 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1450
1451 Special commands:
1452 \\{asm-mode-map}
1453
1454 \(fn)" t nil)
1455
1456 ;;;***
1457 \f
1458 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1459 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
1460 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1461
1462 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1463 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1464 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1465
1466 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1467
1468 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1469 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1470 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1471 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1472 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1473 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1474 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1475 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1476 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1477 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1478
1479 For example:
1480 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1481 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1482 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1483 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1484 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1485
1486 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1487
1488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1489
1490 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1491 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1492 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1493 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1494 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1495 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1496
1497 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1498
1499 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1500 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1501 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1502 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1503 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1504 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1505
1506 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1507
1508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1509
1510 ;;;***
1511 \f
1512 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1513 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
1514 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1515
1516 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1517 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1518
1519 \(fn)" t nil)
1520
1521 ;;;***
1522 \f
1523 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1524 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17842 58280))
1525 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1526
1527 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1528 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1529 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1530
1531 \(fn)" t nil)
1532
1533 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1534 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1535 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1536 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1537
1538 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1539
1540 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1541 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1542 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1543 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1544 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1545 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1546
1547 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" nil)
1548
1549 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1550 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1551 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1552 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1553
1554 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1555 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1556
1557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1558
1559 ;;;***
1560 \f
1561 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1562 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1563 ;;;;;; (17860 50557))
1564 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1565
1566 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1567 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1568 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1569 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1570 save the buffer too.
1571
1572 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1573
1574 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1575
1576 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1577 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1578 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1579 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1580 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1581 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1582
1583 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1584 directory or directories specified.
1585
1586 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1587
1588 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1589 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1590 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1591
1592 \(fn)" nil nil)
1593
1594 ;;;***
1595 \f
1596 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1597 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1598 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17925 15265))
1599 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1600
1601 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1602 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1603
1604 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1605 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1606 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1607 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1608 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1609
1610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1611
1612 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1613 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1614
1615 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1616 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1617
1618 \(fn)" nil nil)
1619
1620 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1621 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1622 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1623
1624 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1625 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1626 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1627 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1628 reflected in the current buffer.
1629
1630 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1631 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1632 writing before you save the file!
1633
1634 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1635
1636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1637
1638 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1639 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1640
1641 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1642 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1643
1644 \(fn)" nil nil)
1645
1646 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1647 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1648 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1649 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1650 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1651 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1652
1653 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" nil)
1654
1655 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1656 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1657
1658 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1659 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1660 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1661
1662 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1663
1664 ;;;***
1665 \f
1666 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1667 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17842 58280))
1668 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1669
1670 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1671 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1672 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1673 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1674 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1675
1676 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" nil)
1677
1678 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1679 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1680 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1681 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1682
1683 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1684 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1685 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1686
1687 Effects of the different modes:
1688 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1689 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1690 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1691 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1692 a random distance & direction.
1693 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1694 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1695 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1696
1697 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1698
1699 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1700 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1701 definition of \"random distance\".)
1702
1703 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1704
1705 ;;;***
1706 \f
1707 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1708 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
1709 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1710
1711 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1712 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1713
1714 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1715 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1716
1717 For example:
1718
1719 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1720 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1721 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1722 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1723
1724 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1725
1726 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1727
1728 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1729
1730 ;;;***
1731 \f
1732 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1733 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
1734 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1735 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1736
1737 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1738 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1739 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1740 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1741
1742 \(fn)" t nil)
1743
1744 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1745 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1746 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1747 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1748 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1749 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1750
1751 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" nil)
1752
1753 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1754 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1755 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1756 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1757 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1758 seconds.
1759
1760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1761
1762 ;;;***
1763 \f
1764 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1765 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17842 54152))
1766 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1767
1768 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1769 Time execution of FORMS.
1770 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1771 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1772 FORMS once.
1773 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1774 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1775 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1776
1777 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1778
1779 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1780 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1781 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1782 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1783 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1784
1785 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1786
1787 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1788 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1789 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1790 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1791 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1792
1793 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1794
1795 ;;;***
1796 \f
1797 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17956
1798 ;;;;;; 21270))
1799 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1800
1801 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1802 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1803
1804 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1805
1806 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1807 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1808 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1809 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1810
1811 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1812 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1813 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1814 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1815 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1816
1817 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1818 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1819
1820
1821 Special information:
1822
1823 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1824
1825 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1826 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1827 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1828 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1829 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1830 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1831 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1832 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1833 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1834 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1835 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1836
1837 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1838 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1839 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1840 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1841 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1842 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1843 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1844 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1845
1846 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1847
1848 ----------------------------------------------------------
1849 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1850 if that value is non-nil.
1851
1852 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1853
1854 \(fn)" t nil)
1855
1856 ;;;***
1857 \f
1858 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1859 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1860 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
1861 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1862
1863 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1864
1865 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1866 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1867 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1868
1869 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1870
1871 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1872 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1873
1874 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1875
1876 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1877 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1878
1879 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1880
1881 ;;;***
1882 \f
1883 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17842
1884 ;;;;;; 55395))
1885 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1886
1887 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1888 Play blackbox.
1889 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1890
1891 What is blackbox?
1892
1893 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1894 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1895 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1896 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1897 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1898 your score.
1899
1900 Overview of play:
1901
1902 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1903 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1904 four.
1905
1906 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1907 movement keys.
1908
1909 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1910 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1911
1912 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1913 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1914
1915 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1916 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1917 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1918 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1919 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1920 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1921
1922 Details:
1923
1924 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1925
1926 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1927 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1928 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1929 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1930
1931 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1932 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1933 denoted by the letter `R'.
1934
1935 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1936 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1937 denoted by the letter `H'.
1938
1939 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1940 example.
1941
1942 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1943 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1944 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1945 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1946 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1947 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1948 ray.
1949
1950 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1951 degree deflection it causes.
1952
1953 1
1954 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1955 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1956 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1957 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1958 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1959 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1960 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1961 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1962 2 3
1963
1964 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1965 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1966
1967
1968 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1969 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1970 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1971 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1972 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1973 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1974 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1975 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1976
1977 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1978 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1979 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1980 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1981 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1982 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1983 emerging from the box.
1984
1985 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1986
1987 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1988 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1989 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1990 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1991 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1992 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1993 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1994 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1995
1996 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1997 a reflection.
1998
1999 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2000
2001 ;;;***
2002 \f
2003 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2004 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2005 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
2006 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17842 58280))
2007 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2008 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
2009 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
2010 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2011
2012 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
2013 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2014 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2015 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2016 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2017 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2018 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
2019 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
2020 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
2021 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
2022 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
2023 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
2024 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
2025 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
2026 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
2027 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
2028 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
2029 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
2030 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
2031
2032 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
2033 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2034 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2035 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2036 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2037 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2038 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2039 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2040 recent one.
2041
2042 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2043 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2044 yank successive words.
2045
2046 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2047 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2048 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2049 name of the file being visited.
2050
2051 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2052 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2053 the list of bookmarks.)
2054
2055 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2056
2057 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
2058 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2059 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2060 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2061 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2062 this.
2063
2064 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2065 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2066 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2067 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2068
2069 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2070
2071 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
2072 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2073 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2074 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2075 after a bookmark was set in it.
2076
2077 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2078
2079 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
2080 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2081 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2082 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2083
2084 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2085
2086 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
2087
2088 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
2089 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2090 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2091 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2092
2093 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2094 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2095 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2096
2097 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2098 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2099 name.
2100
2101 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2102
2103 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
2104 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2105 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2106 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2107 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2108 this.
2109
2110 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2111
2112 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
2113 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2114 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2115 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2116 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2117 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2118 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2119 probably because we were called from there.
2120
2121 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2122
2123 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2124 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2125 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2126
2127 \(fn)" t nil)
2128
2129 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2130 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2131 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2132 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2133 \(second argument).
2134
2135 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2136 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2137 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2138 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2139 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2140
2141 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2142 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2143 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2144 `bookmark-default-file'.
2145
2146 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2147
2148 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2149 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2150 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2151 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2152 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2153 while loading.
2154
2155 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2156 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2157 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2158 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2159 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2160 explicitly.
2161
2162 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2163 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2164 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2165 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2166
2167 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2168
2169 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2170 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2171 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2172 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2173 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2174
2175 \(fn)" t nil)
2176
2177 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2178
2179 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2180
2181 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2182
2183 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2184
2185 ;;;***
2186 \f
2187 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2188 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2189 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2190 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2191 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2192 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2193 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2194 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2195 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2196 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17842 55218))
2197 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2198
2199 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2200 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2201 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2202 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2203
2204 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2205 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2206 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2207 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2208 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2209
2210 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" t)
2211
2212 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2213 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2214
2215 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url" t)
2216
2217 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2218 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2219
2220 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url" t)
2221
2222 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2223 Not documented
2224
2225 \(fn)" nil nil)
2226
2227 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2228 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2229 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2230 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2231 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2232 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2233
2234 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2235
2236 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2237 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2238 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2239 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2240 narrowed.
2241
2242 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2243
2244 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2245 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2246
2247 \(fn)" t nil)
2248
2249 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2250 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2251
2252 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2253
2254 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2255 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2256 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2257 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2258
2259 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2260
2261 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2262 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2263 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2264 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2265
2266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2267
2268 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2269 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2270 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2271 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2272 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2273 to use.
2274
2275 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2276
2277 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2278 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2279 Default to the URL around or before point.
2280
2281 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2282 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2283 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2284 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2285
2286 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2287 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2288
2289 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2290 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2291 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2292
2293 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2294
2295 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2296 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2297 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2298 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2299
2300 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2301 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2302 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2303 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2304
2305 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2306 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2307 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2308
2309 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2310 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2311
2312 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2313
2314 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2315 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2316 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2317 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2318
2319 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2320 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2321 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2322 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2323
2324 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2325 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2326 new tab in an existing window instead.
2327
2328 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2329 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2330
2331 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2332
2333 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2334 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2335 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2336 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2337 Firefox.
2338
2339 When called interactively, if variable
2340 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2341 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2342 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2343 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2344
2345 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2346 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2347 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2348
2349 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2350 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2351
2352 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2353 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2354 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2355 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2356 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2357 URL in a new window.
2358
2359 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2360
2361 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2362 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2363 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2364 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2365
2366 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2367 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2368 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2369 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2370
2371 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2372 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2373 new tab in an existing window instead.
2374
2375 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2376 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2377
2378 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2379
2380 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2381 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2382 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2383 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2384
2385 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2386 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2387 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2388 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2389
2390 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2391 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2392
2393 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2394
2395 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2396 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2397
2398 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2399 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2400 program is invoked according to the variable
2401 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2402
2403 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2404 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2405 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2406 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2407
2408 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2409 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2410
2411 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2412
2413 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2414 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2415 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2416 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2417
2418 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2419
2420 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2421 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2422 Default to the URL around or before point.
2423
2424 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2425 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2426 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2427
2428 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2429 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2430 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2431 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2432
2433 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2434 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2435
2436 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2437
2438 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2439 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2440 Default to the URL around or before point.
2441
2442 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2443
2444 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2445 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2446 Default to the URL around or before point.
2447
2448 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2449 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2450 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2451
2452 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2453 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2454
2455 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2456
2457 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2458 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2459 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2460 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2461
2462 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2463
2464 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2465 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2466 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2467 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2468 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2469
2470 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2471
2472 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2473 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2474 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2475 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2476
2477 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2478 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2479 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2480 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2481
2482 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2483 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2484
2485 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2486
2487 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2488 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2489 Default to the URL around or before point.
2490
2491 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2492
2493 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2494 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2495 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2496 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2497 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2498 current one.
2499
2500 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2501 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2502 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2503 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2504
2505 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2506 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2507
2508 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2509
2510 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2511 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2512 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2513 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2514 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2515 don't offer a form of remote control.
2516
2517 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2518
2519 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2520 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2521 Default to the URL around or before point.
2522
2523 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2524
2525 ;;;***
2526 \f
2527 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17842
2528 ;;;;;; 55395))
2529 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2530
2531 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2532 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2533
2534 \(fn)" t nil)
2535
2536 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2537 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2538
2539 \(fn)" nil nil)
2540
2541 ;;;***
2542 \f
2543 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2544 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17842 58280))
2545 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2546
2547 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2548 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2549 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2550 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2551
2552 \(fn)" t nil)
2553
2554 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2555 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2556 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2557 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2558
2559 \(fn)" t nil)
2560
2561 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2562 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2563
2564 \(fn)" t nil)
2565
2566 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2567 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2568 \\<bs-mode-map>
2569 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2570 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2571 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2572 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2573
2574 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2575 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2576 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2577 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2578 name of buffer configuration.
2579
2580 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2581
2582 ;;;***
2583 \f
2584 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2585 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17992
2586 ;;;;;; 30877))
2587 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2588
2589 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2590 Keymap used by buttons.")
2591
2592 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2593 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2594 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2595
2596 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2597 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2598 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2599 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2600 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2601 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2602
2603 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2604 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2605 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2606 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2607
2608 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2609
2610 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2611 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2612 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2613 specifying properties to add to the button.
2614 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2615 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2616 `define-button-type'.
2617
2618 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2619
2620 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2621
2622 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2623 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2624 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2625 specifying properties to add to the button.
2626 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2627 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2628 `define-button-type'.
2629
2630 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2631
2632 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2633
2634 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2635 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2636 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2637 specifying properties to add to the button.
2638 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2639 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2640 `define-button-type'.
2641
2642 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2643 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2644 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2645 `make-text-button'.
2646
2647 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2648
2649 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2650
2651 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2652 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2653 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2654 specifying properties to add to the button.
2655 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2656 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2657 `define-button-type'.
2658
2659 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2660 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2661 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2662 `insert-text-button'.
2663
2664 Also see `make-text-button'.
2665
2666 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2667
2668 ;;;***
2669 \f
2670 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2671 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2672 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2673 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2674 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17949 41467))
2675 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2676 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2677 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2678 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2679
2680 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2681 Not documented
2682
2683 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2684
2685 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2686 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2687 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2688
2689 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2690
2691 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2692 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2693 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2694 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2695
2696 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2697 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2698 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2699 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2700 whether to compile it.
2701
2702 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2703
2704 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2705 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2706
2707 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2708 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2709
2710 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2711 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2712 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2713 `byte-compile-dest-file' function (which see).
2714 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2715 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2716
2717 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2718
2719 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2720 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2721 Print the result in the echo area.
2722 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2723
2724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2725
2726 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2727 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2728 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2729
2730 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2731
2732 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2733 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2734 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2735 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2736 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2737 all functions called by those functions.
2738
2739 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2740 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2741 cons, etc.).
2742
2743 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2744 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2745 invoked interactively.
2746
2747 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2748
2749 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2750 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2751 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2752 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2753
2754 \(fn)" nil nil)
2755
2756 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2757 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2758 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2759 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2760 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2761 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2762 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2763 already up-to-date.
2764
2765 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2766
2767 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2768 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2769 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2770 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2771
2772 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2773 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2774 and corresponding effects.
2775
2776 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2777
2778 ;;;***
2779 \f
2780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17956 13479))
2781 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2782
2783 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2784
2785 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2786
2787 ;;;***
2788 \f
2789 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2790 ;;;;;; (17956 13479))
2791 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2792
2793 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2794 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2795 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2796 from the cursor position.
2797
2798 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2799
2800 ;;;***
2801 \f
2802 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2803 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2804 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2805 ;;;;;; (17965 11665))
2806 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2807
2808 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2809 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2810
2811 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc" t)
2812 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2813
2814 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2815 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2816
2817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2818
2819 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2820 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2821
2822 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2823
2824 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2825 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2826
2827 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2828
2829 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2830 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2831
2832 \(fn)" t nil)
2833
2834 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2835 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2836 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2837 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2838
2839 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2840
2841 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2842 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2843 This is most useful in the X window system.
2844 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2845 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2846
2847 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2848
2849 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2850 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2851 See calc-keypad for details.
2852
2853 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2854
2855 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2856 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2857
2858 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2859
2860 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2861 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2862
2863 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2864
2865 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2866 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2867
2868 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2869
2870 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2871 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2872 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2873
2874 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2875
2876 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2877 Not documented
2878
2879 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2880
2881 ;;;***
2882 \f
2883 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17870
2884 ;;;;;; 28179))
2885 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2886
2887 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2888 Run the Emacs calculator.
2889 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2890
2891 \(fn)" t nil)
2892
2893 ;;;***
2894 \f
2895 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2896 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2897 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2898 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2899 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2900 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2901 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2902 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2903 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2904 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2905 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2906 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2907 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2908 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2909 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2910 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2911 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2912 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17956 13479))
2913 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2914
2915 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2916 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2917 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2918 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2919 the screen.")
2920
2921 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar" t)
2922
2923 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2924 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2925 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2926 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2927 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2928 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2929
2930 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar" t)
2931
2932 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2933 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2934 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2935
2936 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2937
2938 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2939 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2940 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2941
2942 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar" t)
2943
2944 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2945 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2946 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2947 displayed.")
2948
2949 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar" t)
2950
2951 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2952 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2953 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2954
2955 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2956
2957 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2958 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2959 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2960
2961 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2962
2963 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2964
2965 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2966 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2967 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2968
2969 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2970 calendar.")
2971
2972 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2973
2974 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2975 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2976 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2977
2978 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2979 calendar.")
2980
2981 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2982
2983 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2984 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2985 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2986
2987 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2988 calendar.")
2989
2990 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2991
2992 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2993 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2994 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2995
2996 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar" t)
2997
2998 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2999 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
3000 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
3001 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
3002 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
3003
3004 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar" t)
3005
3006 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3007 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3008 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3009 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3010 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3011 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3012 a function is also provided for this:
3013 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3014
3015 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3016 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3017 date is not visible in the window.
3018
3019 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3020 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3021 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3022
3023 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3024
3025 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3026 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3027
3028 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3029 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3030 date is visible in the window.
3031
3032 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3033 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3034 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3035
3036 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3037
3038 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3039 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3040
3041 For example,
3042
3043 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3044
3045 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3046
3047 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar" t)
3048
3049 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3050 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3051
3052 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3053 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3054
3055 MONTH/DAY
3056 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
3057 MONTHNAME DAY
3058 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
3059 DAYNAME
3060
3061 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3062 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3063 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3064 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3065 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3066 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3067 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3068 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3069 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3070 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3071 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3072 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3073 in every week.
3074
3075 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3076 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3077 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3078 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3079
3080 DAY/MONTH
3081 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3082 DAY MONTHNAME
3083 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3084 DAYNAME
3085
3086 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3087 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3088
3089 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3090 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3091 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3092 window but will appear in a diary window.
3093
3094 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3095 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3096
3097 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3098 entries (in the default American style):
3099
3100 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3101 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3102 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3103 21: Payday
3104 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3105 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3106 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3107 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3108 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3109 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3110 &* 15 time cards due.
3111
3112 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3113 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3114 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3115 single diary entry
3116
3117 02/11/1989
3118 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3119 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3120 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3121 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3122 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3123 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3124
3125 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3126 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3127 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3128
3129 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3130
3131 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3132
3133 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3134 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3135 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3136 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3137 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3138 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3139 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3140 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3141 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3142 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3143 details.
3144
3145 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3146 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3147 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3148 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3149 documentation for these functions for details.
3150
3151 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3152 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3153
3154 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar" t)
3155
3156 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3157 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3158
3159 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar" t)
3160
3161 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3162 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3163
3164 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3165
3166 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3167 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3168
3169 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3170
3171 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3172 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3173
3174 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3175
3176 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3177 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3178 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3179
3180 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar" t)
3181
3182 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3183 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3184 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3185
3186 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3187
3188 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3189 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3190 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3191 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3192 full.")
3193
3194 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar" t)
3195
3196 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3197 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3198 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3199 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3200 are
3201
3202 DAY/MONTH
3203 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3204 DAY MONTHNAME
3205 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3206 DAYNAME
3207
3208 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3209 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3210 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3211
3212 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3213 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3214 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3215 `american-calendar'.")
3216
3217 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar" nil)
3218
3219 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3220 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3221 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3222
3223 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3224
3225 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3226 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3227 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3228
3229 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3230
3231 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3232 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3233 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3234
3235 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3236
3237 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3238 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3239 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3240
3241 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3242
3243 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3244 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3245 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3246 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3247 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3248 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3249
3250 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3251
3252 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3253 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3254 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3255
3256 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3257 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3258 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3259 of the form
3260
3261 #include \"filename\"
3262
3263 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3264 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3265 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3266 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3267 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3268
3269 For example, you could use
3270
3271 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3272 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3273 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3274
3275 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3276 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3277 lexicographic order.")
3278
3279 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3280
3281 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3282 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3283 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3284
3285 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar" t)
3286
3287 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3288 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3289 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3290 diary display.
3291
3292 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3293 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3294 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3295 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3296 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3297 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3298 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3299
3300 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3301 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3302 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3303 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3304 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3305 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3306 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3307 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3308
3309 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar" nil)
3310
3311 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3312 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3313 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3314 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3315 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3316 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3317 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3318
3319 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar" t)
3320
3321 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3322 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3323
3324 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3325 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3326 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3327 of the form
3328 #include \"filename\"
3329 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3330 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3331 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3332 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3333 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3334
3335 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3336
3337 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3338 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3339 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3340 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3341 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3342 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3343 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3344
3345 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar" t)
3346
3347 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3348 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3349 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3350 are holidays.")
3351
3352 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar" t)
3353
3354 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3355 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3356 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3357 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3358 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3359
3360 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar" t)
3361
3362 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3363
3364 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3365 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3366 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3367
3368 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar" t)
3369
3370 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3371
3372 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3373 Oriental holidays.
3374 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3375
3376 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar" t)
3377
3378 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3379
3380 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3381 Local holidays.
3382 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3383
3384 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar" t)
3385
3386 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3387
3388 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3389 User defined holidays.
3390 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3391
3392 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar" t)
3393
3394 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3395
3396 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3397
3398 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3399
3400 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3401
3402 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3403
3404 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3405
3406 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3407
3408 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3409
3410 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3411
3412 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3413 Jewish holidays.
3414 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3415
3416 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar" t)
3417
3418 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3419
3420 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3421 Christian holidays.
3422 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3423
3424 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar" t)
3425
3426 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3427
3428 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3429 Islamic holidays.
3430 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3431
3432 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar" t)
3433
3434 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3435
3436 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3437 Baha'i holidays.
3438 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3439
3440 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar" t)
3441
3442 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3443
3444 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3445 Sun-related holidays.
3446 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3447
3448 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3449
3450 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3451
3452 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3453 The frame setup of the calendar.
3454 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3455 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3456 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3457 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3458 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3459
3460 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar" t)
3461
3462 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3463 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3464 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3465
3466 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3467 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3468
3469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3470
3471 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3472 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3473 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3474
3475 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3476 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3477 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3478 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3479
3480 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" nil)
3481
3482 ;;;***
3483 \f
3484 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3485 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17842 54741))
3486 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3487
3488 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3489 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3490
3491 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3492
3493 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3494 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3495 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3496 it fails.
3497
3498 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3499
3500 ;;;***
3501 \f
3502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17842
3503 ;;;;;; 56333))
3504 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3505 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3506
3507 ;;;***
3508 \f
3509 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3510 ;;;;;; (17942 63381))
3511 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3512
3513 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3514 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3515
3516 \(fn)" nil nil)
3517
3518 ;;;***
3519 \f
3520 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3521 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3522 ;;;;;; (17992 30878))
3523 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3524
3525 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3526 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3527 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3528 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3529 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3530 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3531 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3532
3533 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3534
3535 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3536 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3537 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3538 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3539 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3540 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3541 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3542 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3543
3544 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3545 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3546 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3547 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3548 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3549 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3550
3551 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3552
3553 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3554 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3555
3556 Key bindings:
3557 \\{c-mode-map}
3558
3559 \(fn)" t nil)
3560
3561 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3562 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3563
3564 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3565 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3566 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3567 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3568 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3569 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3570 message.
3571
3572 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3573
3574 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3575 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3576
3577 Key bindings:
3578 \\{c++-mode-map}
3579
3580 \(fn)" t nil)
3581
3582 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3583 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3584 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3585
3586 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3587 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3588 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3589 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3590 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3591 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3592 message.
3593
3594 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3595
3596 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3597 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3598
3599 Key bindings:
3600 \\{objc-mode-map}
3601
3602 \(fn)" t nil)
3603
3604 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3605 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3606 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3607
3608 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3609 Major mode for editing Java code.
3610 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3611 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3612 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3613 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3614 message.
3615
3616 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3617
3618 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3619 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3620
3621 Key bindings:
3622 \\{java-mode-map}
3623
3624 \(fn)" t nil)
3625
3626 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3627 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3628 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3629
3630 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3631 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3632 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3633 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3634 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3635 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3636 message.
3637
3638 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3639
3640 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3641 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3642
3643 Key bindings:
3644 \\{idl-mode-map}
3645
3646 \(fn)" t nil)
3647
3648 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3649 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3650 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3651 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3652
3653 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3654 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3655 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3656 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3657 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3658 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3659 message.
3660
3661 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3662
3663 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3664 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3665
3666 Key bindings:
3667 \\{pike-mode-map}
3668
3669 \(fn)" t nil)
3670 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3671 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3672 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3673 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3674 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3675 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3676
3677 ;;;***
3678 \f
3679 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3680 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17842 56333))
3681 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3682
3683 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3684 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3685 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3686 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3687
3688 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3689
3690 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3691 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3692 might get set too.
3693
3694 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3695 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3696 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3697 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3698 way.
3699
3700 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3701 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3702 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3703 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3704 a null operation.
3705
3706 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3707
3708 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3709 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3710 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3711 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3712
3713 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3714
3715 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3716 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3717 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3718
3719 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3720
3721 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3722 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3723 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3724 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3725 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3726
3727 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3728
3729 ;;;***
3730 \f
3731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17949
3732 ;;;;;; 41467))
3733 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3734 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3735
3736 ;;;***
3737 \f
3738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17941 38806))
3739 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3740 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3741 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3742 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3743
3744 ;;;***
3745 \f
3746 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3747 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3748 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
3749 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3750
3751 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3752 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3753
3754 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3755
3756 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3757 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3758
3759 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3760
3761 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3762 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3763
3764 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3765 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3766 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3767 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3768 execution.
3769
3770 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3771
3772 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3773
3774 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3775 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3776
3777 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3778 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3779 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3780 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3781
3782 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3783 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3784 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3785 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3786 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3787 `write' commands.
3788
3789 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3790 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3791 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3792 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3793
3794 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3795 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3796 semantics.
3797
3798 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3799
3800 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3801
3802 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3803
3804 STATEMENT :=
3805 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3806 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3807
3808 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3809 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3810 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3811 | integer
3812
3813 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3814
3815 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3816 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3817 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3818
3819 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3820 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3821 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3822
3823 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3824 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3825
3826 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3827 BREAK := (break)
3828
3829 REPEAT :=
3830 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3831 (repeat)
3832 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3833 ;; (repeat))
3834 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3835 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3836 ;; (read REG)
3837 ;; (repeat))
3838 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3839 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3840 ;; (read REG)
3841 ;; (repeat))
3842 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3843
3844 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3845 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3846 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3847 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3848 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3849 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3850 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3851 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3852 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3853 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3854 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3855 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3856 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3857 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3858 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3859 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3860
3861 WRITE :=
3862 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3863 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3864 ;; representation.
3865 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3866 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3867 ;; (write r7))
3868 | (write EXPRESSION)
3869 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3870 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3871 ;; representation.
3872 | (write integer)
3873 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3874 ;; buffer.
3875 | (write string)
3876 ;; Same as: (write string)
3877 | string
3878 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3879 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3880 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3881 ;; representation.
3882 | (write REG ARRAY)
3883 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3884 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3885 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3886 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3887 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3888 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3889
3890 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3891 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3892
3893 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3894 END := (end)
3895
3896 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3897 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3898 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3899
3900 ARG := REG | integer
3901
3902 OPERATOR :=
3903 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3904 + | - | * | / | %
3905
3906 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3907 | & | `|' | ^
3908
3909 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3910 | << | >>
3911
3912 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3913 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3914 | <8
3915
3916 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3917 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3918 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3919 | >8
3920
3921 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3922 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3923 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3924 | //
3925
3926 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3927 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3928
3929 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3930 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3931 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3932 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3933 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3934 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3935 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3936 | de-sjis
3937
3938 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3939 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3940 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3941 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3942 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3943 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3944 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3945 ;; byte of SJIS.
3946 | en-sjis
3947
3948 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3949 ;; Same meaning as C code
3950 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3951
3952 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3953 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3954 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3955 | <8=
3956
3957 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3958 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3959 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3960
3961 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3962 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3963 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3964 | //=
3965
3966 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3967
3968
3969 TRANSLATE :=
3970 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3971 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3972 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3973 LOOKUP :=
3974 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3975 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3976 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3977 MAP :=
3978 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3979 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3980 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3981 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3982 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3983 MAP-ID := integer
3984
3985 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3986
3987 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3988 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3989 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3990 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3991 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3992 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3993
3994 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3995
3996 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3997 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3998 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3999
4000 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4001
4002 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4003
4004 ;;;***
4005 \f
4006 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4007 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
4008 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4009
4010 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
4011 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4012 There are no special keybindings by default.
4013
4014 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4015 to the action header.
4016
4017 \(fn)" t nil)
4018
4019 ;;;***
4020 \f
4021 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4022 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4023 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4024 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4025 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4026 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4027 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4028 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4029 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
4030 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4031
4032 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
4033 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4034 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4035 the users will view as each check is completed.
4036
4037 \(fn)" t nil)
4038
4039 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4040 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4041 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4042 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4043 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4044 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4045 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4046 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4047
4048 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4049
4050 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4051 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4052 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4053 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4054 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4055 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4056 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4057 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4058
4059 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4060
4061 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4062 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4063 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4064 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4065 spacing are all verified.
4066
4067 \(fn)" t nil)
4068
4069 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4070 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4071 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4072 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4073 otherwise stop after the first error.
4074
4075 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4076
4077 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4078 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4079 Only documentation strings are checked.
4080 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4081 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4082 a separate buffer.
4083
4084 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4085
4086 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4087 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4088 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4089 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4090 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4091
4092 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4093
4094 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4095 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4096 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4097 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4098 if there is one.
4099
4100 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4101
4102 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4103 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4104 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4105 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4106 if there is one.
4107 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4108
4109 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4110
4111 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4112 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4113 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4114
4115 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4116
4117 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4118 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4119 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4120 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4121 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4122
4123 \(fn)" t nil)
4124
4125 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4126 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4127 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4128 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4129 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4130 space at the end of each line.
4131
4132 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4133
4134 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4135 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4136 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4137 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4138
4139 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4140
4141 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4142 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4143 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4144 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4145
4146 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4147
4148 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4149 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4150 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4151 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4152
4153 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4154
4155 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4156 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4157 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4158 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4159
4160 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4161
4162 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4163 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4164 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4165 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4166
4167 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4168
4169 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4170 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4171 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4172 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4173
4174 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4175
4176 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4177 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4178 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4179 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4180
4181 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4182
4183 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4184 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4185 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4186 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4187
4188 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4189
4190 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4191 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4192 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4193 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4194
4195 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4196
4197 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4198 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4199 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4200
4201 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4202 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4203 checking of documentation strings.
4204
4205 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4206
4207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4208
4209 ;;;***
4210 \f
4211 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4212 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17842
4213 ;;;;;; 58278))
4214 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4215
4216 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4217 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4218 Return the length of resulting text.
4219
4220 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4221
4222 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4223 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4224
4225 \(fn)" t nil)
4226
4227 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4228 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4229 Return the length of resulting text.
4230
4231 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4232
4233 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4234 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4235
4236 \(fn)" t nil)
4237
4238 ;;;***
4239 \f
4240 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4241 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17842 58280))
4242 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4243
4244 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4245 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4246 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4247 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4248 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4249 editing and the result is evaluated.
4250
4251 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4252
4253 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4254 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4255 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4256 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4257 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4258
4259 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4260
4261 \(fn)" t nil)
4262
4263 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4264 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4265 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4266 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4267 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4268
4269 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4270 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4271 \\{command-history-map}
4272
4273 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4274 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4275
4276 \(fn)" t nil)
4277
4278 ;;;***
4279 \f
4280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17842 54152))
4281 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4282
4283 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4284 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4285 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4286 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4287 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4288 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4289
4290 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4291 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4292
4293 ;;;***
4294 \f
4295 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4296 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
4297 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4298
4299 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4300 Not documented
4301
4302 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4303
4304 ;;;***
4305 \f
4306 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4307 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
4308 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4309
4310 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4311 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4312 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4313 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4314
4315 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4316 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4317 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4318 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4319
4320 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4321 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4322
4323 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4324
4325 ;;;***
4326 \f
4327 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17842
4328 ;;;;;; 58280))
4329 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4330
4331 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4332 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4333 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4334 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4335 of `scheme-program-name').
4336 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4337 it is given as initial input.
4338 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4339 discards input when it starts up.
4340 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4341 is run).
4342 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4343
4344 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4345 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4346
4347 ;;;***
4348 \f
4349 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4350 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
4351 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4352
4353 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4354 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4355 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4356 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4357 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4358 ?* is used.
4359 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4360
4361 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4362 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4363 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4364 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4365 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4366 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4367 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4368 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4369 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4370 (autoload-coding-system 'cp858 '(require 'code-pages))
4371 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4372 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4373 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4374 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4375 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4376 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4377 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4378 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4379 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4380 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4381 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4382 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4383 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4384 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4385 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4386 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4387 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4388 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4389 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4390 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4391 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4392 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4393 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4394 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4395 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4396 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4397 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4398 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4399 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4400 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4401 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4402 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4403 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4404 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4405 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4406
4407 ;;;***
4408 \f
4409 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4410 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4411 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17842 54888))
4412 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4413
4414 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4415 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4416 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4417 ASCII table.
4418
4419 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4420 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4421 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4422 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4423
4424 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4425
4426 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4427 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4428 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4429
4430 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4431
4432 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4433 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4434 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4435
4436 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4437
4438 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4439 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4440 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4441
4442 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4443
4444 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4445 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4446
4447 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4448 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4449 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4450
4451 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4452 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4453
4454 \(fn)" nil nil)
4455
4456 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4457 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4458
4459 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4460 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4461 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4462
4463 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4464
4465 ;;;***
4466 \f
4467 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4468 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4469 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4470 ;;;;;; (17937 3189))
4471 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4472
4473 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4474 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4475 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4476 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4477 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4478 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4479 functions have already modified the buffer.
4480
4481 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4482
4483 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4484 either globally or locally.")
4485
4486 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4487
4488 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4489 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4490 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4491 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4492 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4493 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4494 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4495 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4496
4497 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4498
4499 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4500
4501 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4502 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4503 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4504 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4505 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4506 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4507 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4508 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4509
4510 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4511
4512 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4513
4514 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4515 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4516 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4517 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4518 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4519 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4520
4521 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4522
4523 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4524 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4525 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4526 directory tracking functions.")
4527
4528 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4529 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4530 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4531
4532 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4533
4534 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4535
4536 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4537 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4538 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4539
4540 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4541
4542 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4543
4544 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4545 Send COMMAND to current process.
4546 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4547 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4548
4549 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4550
4551 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4552 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4553 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4554 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4555
4556 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4557
4558 ;;;***
4559 \f
4560 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17926
4561 ;;;;;; 45410))
4562 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4563
4564 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4565 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4566 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4567 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4568
4569 This command pushes the mark in each window
4570 at the prior location of point in that window.
4571 If both windows display the same buffer,
4572 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4573 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4574
4575 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4576 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4577 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4578 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4579 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4580 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4581 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4582 ignored.
4583
4584 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4585 this command work in interlaced mode:
4586 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4587 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4588 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4589
4590 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4591
4592 ;;;***
4593 \f
4594 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4595 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4596 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4597 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4598 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (18006 55797))
4599 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4600
4601 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4602 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4603
4604 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile" t)
4605
4606 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4607 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4608
4609 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile" t)
4610
4611 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4612 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4613 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4614 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4615 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4616 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4617 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4618
4619 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4620 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4621 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4622 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4623 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4624
4625 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4626 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4627 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4628 describing how the process finished.")
4629
4630 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4631 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4632 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4633 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4634 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4635
4636 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4637 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4638 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4639
4640 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile" t)
4641
4642 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4643 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4644 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4645 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4646
4647 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile" t)
4648
4649 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4650 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4651
4652 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4653 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4654
4655 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4656 (lambda ()
4657 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4658 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4659 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4660 (concat \"make -k \"
4661 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4662
4663 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile" t)
4664 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4665
4666 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4667 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4668 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4669 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4670
4671 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile" t)
4672
4673 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4674 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4675 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4676 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4677
4678 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4679 and move to the source code that caused it.
4680
4681 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4682 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4683
4684 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4685 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4686 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4687 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4688
4689 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4690 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4691 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4692 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4693 subprocesses.
4694
4695 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4696 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4697 to a function that generates a unique name.
4698
4699 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4700
4701 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4702 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4703 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4704 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4705
4706 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4707 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4708 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4709 to determine the buffer name.
4710
4711 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4712 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4713 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4714
4715 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4716
4717 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4718
4719 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4720 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4721 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4722 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4723 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4724
4725 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4726
4727 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4728
4729 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4730
4731 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4732 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4733 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4734 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4735 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4736 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4737 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4738
4739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4740
4741 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4742 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4743 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4744 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4745 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4746 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4747
4748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4749
4750 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4751 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4752 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4753
4754 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4755
4756 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4757
4758 ;;;***
4759 \f
4760 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4761 ;;;;;; (17954 15344))
4762 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4763
4764 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4765 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4766 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4767 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4768 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4769 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4770
4771 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" nil)
4772
4773 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4774 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4775 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4776
4777 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4778 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4779 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4780 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4781
4782 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4783 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4784 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4785 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4786
4787 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4788 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4789 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4790 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4791
4792 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4793 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4794 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4795 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4796 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4797
4798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4799
4800 ;;;***
4801 \f
4802 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4803 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
4804 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4805
4806 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4807 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4808 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4809 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4810 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4811 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4812
4813 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" nil)
4814
4815 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4816 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4817
4818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4819
4820 ;;;***
4821 \f
4822 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4823 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4824 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4825 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17842 58280))
4826 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4827
4828 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4829 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4830 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4831 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4832 `make-composition'.
4833
4834 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4835
4836 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4837 | | 1:tc or top-center
4838 | | 2:tr or top-right
4839 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4840 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4841 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4842 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4843 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4844 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4845
4846 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4847 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4848 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4849 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4850 be added.
4851
4852 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4853 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4854 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4855
4856 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4857 | | |
4858 | global| |
4859 | glyph | |
4860 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4861 +----+--*--+
4862 | | new |
4863 | |glyph|
4864 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4865 ")
4866
4867 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4868 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4869 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4870 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4871
4872 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4873
4874 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4875 Compose characters in the current region.
4876
4877 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4878 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4879
4880 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4881
4882 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4883 specifying the region.
4884
4885 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4886 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4887 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4888
4889 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4890 of the text in the region.
4891
4892 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4893
4894 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4895 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4896 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4897 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4898
4899 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4900 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4901 detail.
4902
4903 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4904 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4905 text in the composition.
4906
4907 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4908
4909 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4910 Decompose text in the current region.
4911
4912 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4913 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4914
4915 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4916
4917 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4918 Compose characters in string STRING.
4919
4920 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4921 the characters in it.
4922
4923 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4924 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4925 STRING respectively.
4926
4927 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4928 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4929 `compose-region' for more detail.
4930
4931 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4932 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4933 text in the composition.
4934
4935 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4936
4937 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4938 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4939
4940 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4941
4942 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4943 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4944 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4945 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4946 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4947 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4948 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4949 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4950
4951 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4952
4953 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4954 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4955
4956 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4957 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4958
4959 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4960 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4961
4962 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4963 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4964
4965 If no composition is found, return nil.
4966
4967 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4968 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4969
4970 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4971 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4972 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4973
4974 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4975
4976 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4977
4978 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4979 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4980 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4981
4982 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4983
4984 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4985
4986 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4987
4988 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4989 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4990
4991 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4992 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4993 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4994 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4995 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4996 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4997 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4998 nil.
4999
5000 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
5001 is:
5002 nil -- if no characters were composed.
5003 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
5004
5005 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
5006
5007 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
5008 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
5009
5010 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
5011
5012 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
5013
5014 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
5015 Compose last characters.
5016 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
5017 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
5018 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
5019 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
5020 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
5021 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
5022 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
5023 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
5024 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
5025 after a sequence of character events.
5026
5027 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
5028 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
5029
5030 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
5031 Convert CHAR to string.
5032
5033 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5034 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
5035 vector of CHAR respectively.
5036 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
5037
5038 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
5039
5040 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
5041
5042 ;;;***
5043 \f
5044 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
5045 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
5046 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
5047 ;;;;;; (17842 58277))
5048 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5049
5050 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5051 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5052 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5053 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5054 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5055 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5056 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5057
5058 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5059 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5060 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5061
5062 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5063 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5064 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5065
5066 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5067 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5068 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5069 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5070
5071 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5072 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5073 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5074 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5075 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5076 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5077 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5078
5079 \\{conf-mode-map}
5080
5081 \(fn)" t nil)
5082
5083 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5084 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5085 Comments start with `#'.
5086 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5087
5088 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5089
5090 \[Desktop Entry]
5091 Encoding=UTF-8
5092 Name=The GIMP
5093 Name[ca]=El GIMP
5094 Name[cs]=GIMP
5095
5096 \(fn)" t nil)
5097
5098 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5099 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5100 Comments start with `;'.
5101 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5102
5103 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5104
5105 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5106 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5107 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5108
5109 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5110 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5111
5112 \(fn)" t nil)
5113
5114 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5115 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5116 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5117 between `/*' and `*/'.
5118 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5119
5120 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5121 // another kind of comment
5122 /* yet another */
5123
5124 name:value
5125 name=value
5126 name value
5127 x.1 =
5128 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5129 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5130
5131 \(fn)" t nil)
5132
5133 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5134 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5135 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5136 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5137 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5138 `conf-space-keywords'.
5139 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5140 in an interactive fashion instead.
5141
5142 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5143
5144 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5145
5146 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5147 image/png png
5148 image/tiff tiff tif
5149
5150 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5151 class desktop
5152 # Standard multimedia devices
5153 add /dev/audio desktop
5154 add /dev/mixer desktop
5155
5156 \(fn)" t nil)
5157
5158 (autoload (quote conf-space-keywords) "conf-mode" "\
5159 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5160 See `conf-space-mode'.
5161
5162 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5163
5164 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5165 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5166 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5167 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5168
5169 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5170
5171 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5172 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5173
5174 \(fn)" t nil)
5175
5176 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5177 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5178 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5179 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5180
5181 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5182
5183 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5184 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5185
5186 \(fn)" t nil)
5187
5188 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5189 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5190 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5191 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5192
5193 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5194
5195 *background: gray99
5196 *foreground: black
5197
5198 \(fn)" t nil)
5199
5200 ;;;***
5201 \f
5202 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5203 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17842 55395))
5204 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5205
5206 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5207 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5208 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5209 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5210
5211 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5212
5213 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5214 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5215 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5216 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5217
5218 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5219
5220 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5221 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5222 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5223 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5224
5225 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5226
5227 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5228 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5229
5230 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5231
5232 ;;;***
5233 \f
5234 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5235 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17842 54152))
5236 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5237
5238 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5239 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5240 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5241 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5242 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5243 following the copyright are updated as well.
5244 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5245 interactively.
5246
5247 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5248
5249 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5250 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5251 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5252
5253 \(fn)" t nil)
5254
5255 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5256 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5257
5258 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5259
5260 ;;;***
5261 \f
5262 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5263 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (17955 36604))
5264 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5265
5266 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5267 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5268 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5269 Tab indents for Perl code.
5270 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5271 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5272
5273 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5274 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5275 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5276 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5277 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5278 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5279 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5280 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5281 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5282 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5283 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5284 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5285
5286 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5287
5288 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5289 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5290
5291 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5292
5293 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5294 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5295 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5296 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5297 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5298 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5299 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5300 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5301 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5302
5303 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5304
5305 bite if angry;
5306
5307 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5308 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5309 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5310 to nil.)
5311
5312 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5313 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5314 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5315
5316 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5317
5318 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5319 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5320 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5321 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5322 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5323
5324 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5325
5326 if (A) { B }
5327
5328 into
5329
5330 B if A;
5331
5332 \\{cperl-mode-map}
5333
5334 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5335 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5336 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5337 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5338 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5339 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5340 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5341 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5342 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5343 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5344 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5345 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5346 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5347
5348 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5349 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5350 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5351 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5352 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5353 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5354
5355 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5356 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5357 man via menu.
5358
5359 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5360 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5361 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5362 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5363 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5364
5365 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5366 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5367 span the needed amount of lines.
5368
5369 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5370 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5371 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5372 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5373
5374 Variables controlling indentation style:
5375 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5376 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5377 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5378 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5379 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5380 `cperl-auto-newline'
5381 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5382 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5383 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5384 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5385 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5386 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5387 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5388 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5389 `cperl-indent-level'
5390 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5391 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5392 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5393 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5394 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5395 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5396 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5397 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5398 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5399 `cperl-brace-offset'
5400 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5401 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5402 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5403 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5404 `cperl-label-offset'
5405 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5406 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5407 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5408
5409 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5410 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5411 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5412 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5413 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5414 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5415
5416 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5417 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5418 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5419 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5420
5421 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5422 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5423 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5424 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5425 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5426 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5427
5428 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5429 column 0 is indented on
5430 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5431
5432 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5433 with no args.
5434
5435 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5436 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5437 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5438
5439 \(fn)" t nil)
5440
5441 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc) "cperl-mode" "\
5442 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5443
5444 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5445
5446 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc-at-point) "cperl-mode" "\
5447 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5448
5449 \(fn)" t nil)
5450
5451 ;;;***
5452 \f
5453 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5454 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
5455 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5456
5457 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5458 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5459 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5460 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5461 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5462
5463 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5464
5465 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5466 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5467
5468 \(fn)" t nil)
5469
5470 ;;;***
5471 \f
5472 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5473 ;;;;;; (17842 54264))
5474 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5475
5476 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5477 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5478 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5479 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5480
5481 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5482 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5483
5484 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" nil)
5485
5486 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5487 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5488 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5489
5490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5491
5492 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5493
5494 ;;;***
5495 \f
5496 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5497 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
5498 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5499
5500 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5501 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5502 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5503 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5504
5505 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5506 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5507 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5508 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5509
5510 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5511 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5512 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5513
5514 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5515 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5516 'bob', and 'eve'.
5517
5518 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5519 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5520 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5521
5522 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5523
5524 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5525 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5526 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5527
5528 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5529
5530 ;;;***
5531 \f
5532 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5533 ;;;;;; (17888 45995))
5534 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5535
5536 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5537 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5538 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5539 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5540 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5541 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5542
5543 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" nil)
5544
5545 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5546 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5547 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5548 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5549 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5550
5551 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5552 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5553 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5554 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5555 function of these prefix keys.
5556
5557 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5558 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5559 options:
5560 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5561 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5562 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5563
5564 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5565 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5566 the prefix fallback behavior.
5567
5568 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5569 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5570 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5571 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5572
5573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5574
5575 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5576 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5577
5578 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5579 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5580 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5581 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5582 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5583 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5584 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5585 (if user-init-file (concat
5586 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5587 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5588
5589 ;;;***
5590 \f
5591 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5592 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5593 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5594 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5595 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5596 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5597 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5598 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5599 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5600 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5601 ;;;;;; (17952 11093))
5602 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5603
5604 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5605 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5606
5607 (custom-autoload (quote custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5608
5609 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5610 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5611
5612 (custom-autoload (quote custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5613
5614 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5615 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5616
5617 (custom-autoload (quote custom-menu-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5618 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5619
5620 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5621 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5622
5623 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5624 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5625
5626 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5627 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5628
5629 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5630
5631 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5632
5633 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5634 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5635 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5636
5637 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5638 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5639
5640 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5641 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5642
5643 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5644 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5645
5646 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5647
5648 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5649
5650 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5651 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5652 Return VALUE.
5653
5654 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5655 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5656
5657 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5658 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5659
5660 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5661 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5662
5663 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5664
5665 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5666
5667 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5668 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5669 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5670 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5671 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5672
5673 \(fn)" t nil)
5674
5675 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5676 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5677 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5678 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5679
5680 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5681
5682 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5683 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5684
5685 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5686
5687 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5688 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5689
5690 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5691
5692 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5693
5694 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5695 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5696
5697 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5698
5699 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5700
5701 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5702 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5703 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5704
5705 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5706
5707 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5708 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5709 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5710 as part of Emacs itself.
5711
5712 Each elements looks like this:
5713
5714 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5715
5716 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5717 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5718 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5719 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5720 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5721 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5722 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5723 and `defface'.
5724
5725 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5726
5727 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5728 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5729 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5730 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5731 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5732
5733 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5734 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5735 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5736 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5737
5738 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5739
5740 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5741 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5742 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5743 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5744 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5745
5746 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5747 that were added or redefined since that version.
5748
5749 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5750
5751 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5752 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5753 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5754 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5755
5756 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5757 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5758
5759 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5760
5761 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5762 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5763 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5764
5765 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5766 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5767
5768 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5769
5770 (autoload (quote customize-unsaved) "cus-edit" "\
5771 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5772
5773 \(fn)" t nil)
5774
5775 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5776 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5777
5778 \(fn)" t nil)
5779
5780 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5781 Customize all already saved user options.
5782
5783 \(fn)" t nil)
5784
5785 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5786 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5787 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5788 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5789 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5790 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5791 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5792 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5793
5794 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5795
5796 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5797 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5798 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5799 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5800
5801 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5802
5803 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5804 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5805
5806 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5807
5808 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5809 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5810
5811 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5812
5813 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5814 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5815 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5816 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5817 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5818 that option.
5819
5820 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5821
5822 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5823 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5824 The result includes selecting that window.
5825 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5826 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5827 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5828 that option.
5829
5830 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5831
5832 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5833 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5834
5835 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5836
5837 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5838 File used for storing customization information.
5839 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5840 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5841 it should be an absolute file name.
5842
5843 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5844 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5845 something like the following in your init file:
5846
5847 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5848 \(load custom-file)
5849
5850 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5851 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5852
5853 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5854 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5855 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5856 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5857 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5858
5859 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5860 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5861 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5862 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5863 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5864 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5865 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5866 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5867 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5868 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5869
5870 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit" t)
5871
5872 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5873 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5874
5875 \(fn)" nil nil)
5876
5877 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5878 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5879
5880 \(fn)" t nil)
5881
5882 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5883 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5884 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5885
5886 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5887
5888 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5889 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5890 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5891 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5892 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5893
5894 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5895
5896 ;;;***
5897 \f
5898 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5899 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17842 58280))
5900 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5901
5902 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5903 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5904
5905 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5906
5907 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5908 Alist of face attributes.
5909
5910 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5911 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5912 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5913 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5914 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5915 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5916
5917 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5918 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5919 customization type TYPE).
5920
5921 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5922 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5923 given face attribute.")
5924
5925 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5926 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5927 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5928 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5929
5930 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5931
5932 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5933 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5934 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5935 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5936 between themes and faces.
5937 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5938
5939 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5940 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5941
5942 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5943
5944 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5945 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5946 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5947
5948 (FACE IGNORED)
5949
5950 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5951
5952 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5953
5954 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5955 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5956 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5957
5958 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5959
5960 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5961
5962 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5963
5964 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5965
5966 ;;;***
5967 \f
5968 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5969 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
5970 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5971
5972 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5973 Create a custom theme.
5974
5975 \(fn)" t nil)
5976
5977 ;;;***
5978 \f
5979 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5980 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
5981 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5982
5983 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5984 Mode used for cvs status output.
5985
5986 \(fn)" t nil)
5987
5988 ;;;***
5989 \f
5990 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5991 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17860 50532))
5992 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5993
5994 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5995 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5996
5997 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5998 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5999 C++ modes are included.
6000
6001 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6002
6003 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6004
6005 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6006 Turn on CWarn mode.
6007
6008 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
6009 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
6010
6011 \(fn)" nil nil)
6012
6013 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6014 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
6015 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6016 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6017 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6018 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6019
6020 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" nil)
6021
6022 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6023 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
6024 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6025 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
6026 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
6027
6028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6029
6030 ;;;***
6031 \f
6032 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
6033 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
6034 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
6035 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6036
6037 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
6038 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6039
6040 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6041
6042 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
6043 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6044
6045 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6046
6047 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
6048 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6049 For readability, the table is slightly
6050 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6051
6052 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6053 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6054 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6055 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6056 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6057
6058 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6059
6060 ;;;***
6061 \f
6062 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
6063 ;;;;;; (18006 55794))
6064 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6065 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6066 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6067
6068 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
6069 Completion on current word.
6070 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6071 and presents suggestions for completion.
6072
6073 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6074 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6075 completions.
6076
6077 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6078 then it searches *all* buffers.
6079
6080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6081
6082 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
6083 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6084
6085 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6086 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6087 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6088 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6089 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6090
6091 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6092 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6093
6094 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6095 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6096 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6097
6098 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6099 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6100
6101 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6102
6103 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6104
6105 ;;;***
6106 \f
6107 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17949
6108 ;;;;;; 41468))
6109 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6110
6111 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6112 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6113
6114 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6115 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6116 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6117
6118 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6119 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6120 Data lines are not indented.
6121
6122 Key bindings:
6123
6124 \\{dcl-mode-map}
6125 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6126
6127 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6128 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6129 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6130 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6131
6132 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6133
6134 dcl-basic-offset
6135 Extra indentation within blocks.
6136
6137 dcl-continuation-offset
6138 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6139
6140 dcl-margin-offset
6141 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6142
6143 dcl-margin-label-offset
6144 Indentation for a label.
6145
6146 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6147 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6148
6149 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6150 dcl-block-end-regexp
6151 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6152 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6153 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6154 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6155 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6156
6157 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6158 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6159 Two such functions are included in the package:
6160 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6161 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6162
6163 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6164 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6165 One such function is included in the package:
6166 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6167
6168 dcl-tab-always-indent
6169 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6170 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6171 margin.
6172
6173 dcl-electric-characters
6174 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6175 typed.
6176
6177 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6178 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6179 which words trigger electric indentation.
6180
6181 dcl-tempo-comma
6182 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6183 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6184 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6185
6186 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6187 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6188 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6189 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6190
6191 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6192 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6193 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6194 dcl-imenu-label-call
6195 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6196
6197 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6198 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6199 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6200 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6201
6202
6203 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6204
6205 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6206 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6207 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6208 $ i = 1
6209 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6210 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6211 $ label:
6212 $ if i.eq.1
6213 $ then
6214 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6215 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6216 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6217 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6218 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6219 \"lined up with the command line\"
6220 $ type sys$input
6221 Data lines are not indented at all.
6222 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6223 $ endif
6224 $
6225
6226
6227 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6228 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6229
6230 \(fn)" t nil)
6231
6232 ;;;***
6233 \f
6234 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6235 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17842 54152))
6236 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6237
6238 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6239
6240 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6241 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6242 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6243 of the evaluator.
6244
6245 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6246 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6247 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6248
6249 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6250
6251 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6252 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6253
6254 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6255
6256 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6257 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6258 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6259 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6260 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6261 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6262
6263 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6264 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6265
6266 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6267
6268 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6269 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6270 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6271 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6272 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6273
6274 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6275
6276 ;;;***
6277 \f
6278 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6279 ;;;;;; (17842 55395))
6280 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6281
6282 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6283 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6284
6285 \(fn)" t nil)
6286
6287 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6288 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6289 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6290 Upper-case letters are commands.
6291
6292 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6293 modify it.
6294
6295 The most useful commands are:
6296 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6297 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6298 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6299 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6300 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6301 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6302
6303 \(fn)" t nil)
6304
6305 ;;;***
6306 \f
6307 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6308 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17842
6309 ;;;;;; 58280))
6310 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6311
6312 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6313 Customization of `columns' group.
6314
6315 \(fn)" t nil)
6316
6317 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6318 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6319
6320 START and END delimits the text region.
6321
6322 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6323
6324 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6325 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6326
6327 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6328
6329 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6330
6331 ;;;***
6332 \f
6333 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17842
6334 ;;;;;; 56333))
6335 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6336
6337 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6338 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6339 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6340 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6341 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6342 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6343
6344 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6345
6346 Customization:
6347
6348 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6349 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6350 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6351 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6352 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6353 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6354 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6355 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6356 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6357 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6358 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6359 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6360 blank line.
6361 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6362 Directories to search when finding external units.
6363 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6364 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6365
6366 Coloring:
6367
6368 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6369 Face used to color delphi comments.
6370 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6371 Face used to color delphi strings.
6372 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6373 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6374 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6375 Face used to color everything else.
6376
6377 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6378 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6379
6380 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6381
6382 ;;;***
6383 \f
6384 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17842
6385 ;;;;;; 58280))
6386 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6387
6388 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6389
6390 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6391 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6392 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6393 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6394 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6395 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6396
6397 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" nil)
6398
6399 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6400 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6401 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6402 positive.
6403
6404 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6405 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6406 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6407 any selection.
6408
6409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6410
6411 ;;;***
6412 \f
6413 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6414 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17842 54152))
6415 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6416
6417 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6418 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6419
6420 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6421
6422 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6423 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6424 or nil if there is no parent.
6425 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6426 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6427 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6428 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6429 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6430
6431 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6432 arguments are currently understood:
6433 :group GROUP
6434 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6435 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6436 :syntax-table TABLE
6437 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6438 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6439 :abbrev-table TABLE
6440 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6441 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6442
6443 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6444
6445 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6446
6447 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6448 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6449 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6450
6451 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6452 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6453
6454 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6455 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6456 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6457
6458 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6459 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6460
6461 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6462 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6463
6464 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6465
6466 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6467
6468 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6469 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6470 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6471 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6472 the first time the mode is used.
6473
6474 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6475
6476 ;;;***
6477 \f
6478 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6479 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17874 62047))
6480 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6481
6482 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6483 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6484 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6485 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6486 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6487 otherwise.
6488
6489 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6490
6491 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6492 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6493 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6494 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6495 character composition information (if relevant),
6496 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6497
6498 \(fn POS)" t nil)
6499
6500 ;;;***
6501 \f
6502 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6503 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6504 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6505 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17949 41467))
6506 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6507
6508 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6509 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6510 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6511
6512 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" nil)
6513
6514 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6515 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6516 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6517 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6518 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6519 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6520
6521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6522
6523 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6524 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6525 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6526 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6527
6528 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop" t)
6529
6530 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6531 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6532 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6533
6534 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6535 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6536 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6537
6538 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6539 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6540
6541 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6542 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6543 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6544
6545 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6546 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6547 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6548 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6549
6550 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6551
6552 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6553 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6554
6555 Handlers are called with argument list
6556
6557 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6558
6559 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6560
6561 desktop-file-version
6562 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6563 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6564 desktop-buffer-point
6565 desktop-buffer-mark
6566 desktop-buffer-read-only
6567 desktop-buffer-locals
6568
6569 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6570 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6571
6572 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6573 code like
6574
6575 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6576 ...
6577 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6578 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6579
6580 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6581
6582 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6583
6584 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6585 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6586 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6587 List elements must have the form
6588
6589 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6590
6591 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6592 function.
6593
6594 Handlers are called with argument list
6595
6596 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6597
6598 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6599
6600 desktop-file-version
6601 desktop-buffer-file-name
6602 desktop-buffer-name
6603 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6604 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6605 desktop-buffer-point
6606 desktop-buffer-mark
6607 desktop-buffer-read-only
6608 desktop-buffer-misc
6609
6610 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6611 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6612 created and set.
6613
6614 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6615 code like
6616
6617 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6618 ...
6619 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6620 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6621
6622 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6623
6624 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6625
6626 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6627
6628 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6629 Empty the Desktop.
6630 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6631 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6632 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6633
6634 \(fn)" t nil)
6635
6636 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6637 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6638 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6639 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6640
6641 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6642
6643 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6644 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6645 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6646
6647 \(fn)" t nil)
6648
6649 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6650 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6651 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6652 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6653 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6654 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6655 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6656 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6657
6658 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6659
6660 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6661 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6662 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6663
6664 \(fn)" nil nil)
6665
6666 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6667 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6668 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6669 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6670 directory DIRNAME.
6671
6672 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6673
6674 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6675 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6676
6677 \(fn)" t nil)
6678
6679 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6680 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6681
6682 \(fn)" t nil)
6683
6684 ;;;***
6685 \f
6686 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6687 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6688 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17842 54741))
6689 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6690
6691 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6692 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6693 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6694 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6695 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6696 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6697
6698 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6699
6700 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6701 Repair a broken attribution line.
6702 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6703
6704 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6705
6706 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6707 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6708 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6709 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6710
6711 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6712
6713 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6714 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6715
6716 \(fn)" t nil)
6717
6718 ;;;***
6719 \f
6720 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6721 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17842 58278))
6722 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6723
6724 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6725
6726 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6727 Not documented
6728
6729 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6730
6731 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6732 Not documented
6733
6734 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
6735
6736 ;;;***
6737 \f
6738 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6739 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17958 11887))
6740 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6741
6742 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6743 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6744 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6745 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6746 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6747
6748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6749
6750 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6751 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6752 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6753 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6754
6755 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6756 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6757 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6758 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6759
6760 #!/bin/sh
6761 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6762 emacs -batch \\
6763 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6764 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6765 european-calendar-style t \\
6766 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6767 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6768 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6769
6770 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6771 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6772 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6773 to run it every morning at 1am.
6774
6775 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6776
6777 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6778 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6779
6780 \(fn)" t nil)
6781
6782 ;;;***
6783 \f
6784 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6785 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17992 30877))
6786 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6787
6788 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6789 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6790
6791 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff" t)
6792
6793 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6794 *The command to use to run diff.")
6795
6796 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff" t)
6797
6798 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6799 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6800 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6801 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6802 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6803 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6804
6805 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6806
6807 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6808 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6809 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6810 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6811 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6812 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6813
6814 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6815
6816 ;;;***
6817 \f
6818 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6819 ;;;;;; (17992 30877))
6820 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6821
6822 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6823 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6824 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6825 normal diffs.
6826
6827 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6828 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6829 headers for you on-the-fly.
6830
6831 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6832 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6833 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6834
6835 \\{diff-mode-map}
6836
6837 \(fn)" t nil)
6838
6839 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6840 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6841 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6842
6843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6844
6845 ;;;***
6846 \f
6847 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6848 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6849 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6850 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6851 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (18015 32019))
6852 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6853
6854 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6855 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6856 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6857 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6858 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6859 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6860 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6861 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6862
6863 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired" t)
6864
6865 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6866 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6867
6868 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6869 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6870 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6871 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6872 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6873
6874 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6875 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6876
6877 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6878 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6879 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6880 always set this variable to t.")
6881
6882 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired" t)
6883
6884 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6885 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6886 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6887 A value of t means move to first file.")
6888
6889 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired" t)
6890
6891 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6892 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6893 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6894 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6895 are afterward marked with that character.")
6896
6897 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired" t)
6898
6899 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6900 *Controls marking of copied files.
6901 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6902 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6903
6904 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired" t)
6905
6906 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6907 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6908 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6909 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6910
6911 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired" t)
6912
6913 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6914 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6915 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6916 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6917
6918 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired" t)
6919
6920 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6921 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6922 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6923 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6924
6925 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6926
6927 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired" t)
6928
6929 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6930 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6931 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6932
6933 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired" t)
6934
6935 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6936 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6937 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6938 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6939 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6940 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6941
6942 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6943 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6944 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6945 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6946 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6947 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6948 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6949 list of files to make directory entries for.
6950 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6951 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6952 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6953 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6954
6955 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6956
6957 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6958 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6959
6960 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6961 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6962
6963 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6964 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6965
6966 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6967 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6968
6969 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6970
6971 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6972 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6973
6974 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6975
6976 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6977 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6978 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6979 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6980 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6981 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6982 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6983 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6984 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6985 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6986 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6987 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6988 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6989 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6990 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6991 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6992 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6993 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6994 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6995 to see why something went wrong.
6996 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6997 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6998 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6999 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
7000 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7001 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
7002 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
7003 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
7004 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
7005 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
7006 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
7007 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7008 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
7009
7010 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
7011 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
7012 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
7013 again for the directory tree.
7014
7015 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
7016 for more info):
7017
7018 `dired-listing-switches'
7019 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7020 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
7021 `dired-marker-char'
7022 `dired-del-marker'
7023 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7024 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7025 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7026 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7027
7028 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
7029
7030 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7031 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7032 `dired-mode-hook'
7033 `dired-load-hook'
7034
7035 Keybindings:
7036 \\{dired-mode-map}
7037
7038 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7039 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7040
7041 ;;;***
7042 \f
7043 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
7044 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
7045 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
7046 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
7047 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
7048 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
7049 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
7050 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
7051 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
7052 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
7053 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
7054 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
7055 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
7056 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17859 20444))
7057 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7058
7059 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7060 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
7061 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
7062 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
7063 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
7064 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
7065 which is options for `diff'.
7066
7067 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7068
7069 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7070 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7071 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7072 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7073 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7074 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7075
7076 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7077
7078 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
7079 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7080 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7081 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7082 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7083 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7084 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7085
7086 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7087
7088 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7089 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7090 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7091 returned by function `file-attributes'
7092
7093 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7094 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7095
7096 Examples of PREDICATE:
7097
7098 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7099 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7100 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7101 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7102 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7103
7104 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7105
7106 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7107 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7108 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7109
7110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7111
7112 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7113 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7114
7115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7116
7117 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7118 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7119
7120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7121
7122 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7123 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7124 This calls touch.
7125
7126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7127
7128 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7129 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7130 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7131 `lpr-switches' as default.
7132
7133 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7134
7135 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7136 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7137 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7138 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7139 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7140
7141 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7142 with a prefix argument.
7143
7144 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
7145
7146 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7147 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7148 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7149 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7150 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7151
7152 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7153 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7154
7155 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7156 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7157 file name substituted for `?'.
7158
7159 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7160 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7161
7162 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7163 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7164 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7165 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7166
7167 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7168
7169 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7170 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7171 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7172
7173 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7174 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7175 in a subdir.
7176
7177 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7178 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7179 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7180
7181 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7182
7183 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7184 Not documented
7185
7186 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7187
7188 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7189 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7190 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7191 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7192 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7193 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7194 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7195 from the buffer as well.
7196 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7197 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7198 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7199
7200 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7201
7202 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7203 Not documented
7204
7205 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7206
7207 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7208 Not documented
7209
7210 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7211
7212 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7213 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7214
7215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7216
7217 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7218 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7219
7220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7221
7222 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7223 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7224
7225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7226
7227 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7228 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7229 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7230 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7231
7232 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7233 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7234 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7235 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7236 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7237 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7238 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7239
7240 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7241
7242 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7243 Not documented
7244
7245 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7246
7247 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7248 Not documented
7249
7250 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7251
7252 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7253 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7254
7255 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7256
7257 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7258 Not documented
7259
7260 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7261
7262 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7263 Not documented
7264
7265 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7266
7267 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7268 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7269
7270 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7271
7272 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7273 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7274 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7275 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7276 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7277 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7278 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7279 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7280 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7281
7282 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7283 like `cp -d'.
7284
7285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7286
7287 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7288 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7289 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7290 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7291 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7292 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7293 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7294 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7295
7296 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
7297
7298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7299
7300 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7301 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7302 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7303 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7304 and new hard links are made in that directory
7305 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7306 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7307 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7308
7309 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7310
7311 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7312 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7313 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7314 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7315 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7316 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7317 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7318
7319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7320
7321 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7322 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7323
7324 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7325 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7326 file if none are marked.
7327
7328 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7329 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7330 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7331 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7332
7333 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7334 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7335
7336 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7337
7338 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7339 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7340 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7341
7342 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7343
7344 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7345 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7346 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7347
7348 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7349
7350 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7351 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7352 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7353
7354 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7355
7356 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7357 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7358
7359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7360
7361 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7362 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7363
7364 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7365
7366 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7367 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7368 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7369 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7370 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7371 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7372 this subdirectory.
7373 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7374
7375 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7376 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7377 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7378 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7379 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7380 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7381 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7382
7383 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7384
7385 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7386 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7387 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7388 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7389 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7390 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7391 this subdirectory.
7392 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7393
7394 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7395
7396 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7397 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7398 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7399
7400 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7401
7402 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7403 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7404 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7405 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7406
7407 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
7408
7409 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7410 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7411 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7412 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7413
7414 \(fn)" t nil)
7415
7416 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7417 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7418 Lower levels are unaffected.
7419
7420 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7421
7422 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7423 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7424
7425 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7426
7427 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7428 Go down in the dired tree.
7429
7430 \(fn)" t nil)
7431
7432 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7433 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7434 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7435 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7436
7437 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7438
7439 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7440 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7441 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7442 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7443
7444 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7445
7446 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7447 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7448 Stops when a match is found.
7449 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7450
7451 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7452
7453 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7454 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7455 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7456 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7457 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7458
7459 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7460
7461 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7462 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7463 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7464 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7465
7466 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7467
7468 ;;;***
7469 \f
7470 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7471 ;;;;;; (17992 30877))
7472 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7473
7474 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7475 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7476 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7477 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7478 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7479 buffer and try again.
7480
7481 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7482
7483 (autoload (quote dired-do-relsymlink) "dired-x" "\
7484 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
7485 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
7486 This creates relative symbolic links like
7487
7488 foo -> ../bar/foo
7489
7490 not absolute ones like
7491
7492 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
7493
7494 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
7495
7496 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7497
7498 ;;;***
7499 \f
7500 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17842 58280))
7501 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7502
7503 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7504 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7505 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7506
7507 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7508
7509 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7510 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7511
7512 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7513 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7514
7515 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7516
7517 ;;;***
7518 \f
7519 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17842
7520 ;;;;;; 54152))
7521 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7522
7523 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7524 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7525 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7526 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7527 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7528 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7529
7530 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7531
7532 ;;;***
7533 \f
7534 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
7535 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
7536 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
7537 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
7538 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
7539 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17874 62056))
7540 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7541
7542 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7543 Return a new, empty display table.
7544
7545 \(fn)" nil nil)
7546
7547 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7548 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7549 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7550 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7551 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7552
7553 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7554
7555 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7556 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7557 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7558 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7559 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7560
7561 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7562
7563 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7564 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7565
7566 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7567
7568 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7569 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7570
7571 \(fn)" t nil)
7572
7573 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7574 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7575
7576 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7577
7578 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7579 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7580
7581 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7582
7583 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7584 Display character C using printable string S.
7585
7586 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7587
7588 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7589 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7590 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7591 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7592
7593 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7594
7595 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7596 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7597 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7598 X frame.
7599
7600 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7601
7602 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7603 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7604
7605 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7606
7607 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7608 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7609
7610 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7611
7612 (autoload (quote make-glyph-code) "disp-table" "\
7613 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7614
7615 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7616
7617 (autoload (quote glyph-char) "disp-table" "\
7618 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7619
7620 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7621
7622 (autoload (quote glyph-face) "disp-table" "\
7623 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7624
7625 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7626
7627 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7628 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7629
7630 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7631 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7632 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7633 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7634
7635 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7636 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7637 European character display.
7638
7639 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7640 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7641 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7642 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7643
7644 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7645 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7646 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7647 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7648 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7649
7650 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7651
7652 ;;;***
7653 \f
7654 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7655 ;;;;;; (17941 38806))
7656 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7657
7658 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7659 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7660 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7661 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7662 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7663 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7664 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7665 Default is 2.
7666
7667 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7668
7669 ;;;***
7670 \f
7671 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17949 41467))
7672 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7673
7674 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file))) "\
7675 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7676 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7677 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7678 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7679 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7680 private or ask).
7681 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7682 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7683 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7684 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7685 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7686
7687 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" t)
7688
7689 ;;;***
7690 \f
7691 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7692 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17842 58277))
7693 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7694
7695 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7696 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7697 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7698 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7699 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7700 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7701 table and its own syntax table.
7702
7703 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7704
7705 \(fn)" t nil)
7706 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7707
7708 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7709 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7710
7711 \(fn)" t nil)
7712 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7713
7714 ;;;***
7715 \f
7716 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17941 38806))
7717 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7718
7719 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7720 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7721
7722 \(fn)" t nil)
7723
7724 ;;;***
7725 \f
7726 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7727 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
7728 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7729
7730 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7731 Toggle Double mode.
7732 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7733 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7734
7735 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double" nil)
7736
7737 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7738 Toggle Double mode.
7739 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7740
7741 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7742 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7743
7744 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7745
7746 ;;;***
7747 \f
7748 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17842 55395))
7749 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7750
7751 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7752 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7753
7754 \(fn)" t nil)
7755
7756 ;;;***
7757 \f
7758 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7759 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
7760 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7761
7762 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7763 Play sounds in message buffers.
7764
7765 \(fn)" t nil)
7766
7767 ;;;***
7768 \f
7769 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7770 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7771 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17992 30878))
7772 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7773
7774 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7775
7776 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7777 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7778 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7779 and toggle command MODE.
7780
7781 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7782 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7783 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7784 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7785 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7786 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7787 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7788 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7789 used (see below).
7790
7791 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7792 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7793 and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7794 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7795 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7796 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7797 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7798 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7799 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7800 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7801 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7802 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7803 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7804 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7805 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7806 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7807 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7808
7809 For example, you could write
7810 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7811 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7812 ...BODY CODE...)
7813
7814 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7815
7816 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7817
7818 (defalias (quote define-global-minor-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7819
7820 (autoload (quote define-globalized-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7821 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7822 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7823 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7824 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7825 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7826 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7827 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7828 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7829 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7830 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7831 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7832
7833 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7834 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7835 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7836 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7837 call another major mode in their body.
7838
7839 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7840
7841 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7842 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7843 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7844 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7845 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7846 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7847 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7848
7849 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7850
7851 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7852 Not documented
7853
7854 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7855
7856 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7857 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7858 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7859
7860 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7861
7862 ;;;***
7863 \f
7864 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7865 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17842
7866 ;;;;;; 54152))
7867 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7868
7869 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7870
7871 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7872 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7873
7874 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7875 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7876 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7877
7878 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7879 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7880
7881 :filter FUNCTION
7882
7883 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7884 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7885
7886 :visible INCLUDE
7887
7888 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7889 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7890
7891 :active ENABLE
7892
7893 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7894 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7895
7896 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7897
7898 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7899
7900 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7901
7902 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7903 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7904
7905 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7906 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7907
7908 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7909
7910 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7911
7912 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7913
7914 :keys KEYS
7915
7916 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7917 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7918 computed automatically.
7919 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7920
7921 :key-sequence KEYS
7922
7923 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7924 menu item.
7925 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7926 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7927 keyboard equivalent.
7928
7929 :active ENABLE
7930
7931 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7932 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7933
7934 :visible INCLUDE
7935
7936 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7937 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7938
7939 :suffix FORM
7940
7941 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7942 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7943
7944 :style STYLE
7945
7946 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7947 defined:
7948
7949 toggle: A checkbox.
7950 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7951 radio: A radio button.
7952 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7953 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7954 menu bar itself.
7955 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7956
7957 :selected SELECTED
7958
7959 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7960 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7961
7962 :help HELP
7963
7964 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7965
7966 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7967 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7968 as a solid horizontal line.
7969
7970 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7971
7972 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7973
7974 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7975 Not documented
7976
7977 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7978
7979 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7980 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7981 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7982 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7983
7984 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7985
7986 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7987 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7988 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7989 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7990 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7991 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7992
7993 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7994 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7995 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7996
7997 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7998 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7999 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8000
8001 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8002 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8003
8004 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8005
8006 ;;;***
8007 \f
8008 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
8009 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
8010 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
8011 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
8012 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
8013 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
8014 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
8015 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17952 11093))
8016 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8017
8018 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
8019 Customization for ebnf group.
8020
8021 \(fn)" t nil)
8022
8023 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8024 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8025
8026 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8027
8028 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8029 processed.
8030
8031 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8032
8033 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8034
8035 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8036 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8037
8038 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8039 killed after process termination.
8040
8041 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8042
8043 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8044
8045 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8046 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8047
8048 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8049 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8050 it to the printer.
8051
8052 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8053 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8054 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8055 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8056
8057 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8058
8059 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8060 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8061 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8062
8063 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8064
8065 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8066 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8067
8068 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8069
8070 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8071 processed.
8072
8073 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8074
8075 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8076
8077 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8078 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8079
8080 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8081 killed after process termination.
8082
8083 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8084
8085 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8086
8087 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8088 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8089 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8090 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8091
8092 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8093
8094 \(fn)" t nil)
8095
8096 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8097 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8098 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8099
8100 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8101
8102 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8103
8104 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8105 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8106
8107 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8108
8109 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8110 processed.
8111
8112 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8113
8114 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8115
8116 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8117 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8118
8119 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8120 killed after EPS generation.
8121
8122 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8123
8124 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8125
8126 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8127 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8128
8129 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8130 The EPS file name has the following form:
8131
8132 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8133
8134 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8135 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8136
8137 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8138 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8139 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8140 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8141 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8142
8143 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8144 files.
8145
8146 \(fn)" t nil)
8147
8148 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8149 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8150
8151 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8152 The EPS file name has the following form:
8153
8154 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8155
8156 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8157 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8158
8159 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8160 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8161 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8162 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8163 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8164
8165 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8166 files.
8167
8168 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8169
8170 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8171
8172 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8173 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8174
8175 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8176
8177 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8178 are processed.
8179
8180 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8181
8182 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8183
8184 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8185 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8186
8187 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8188 killed after syntax checking.
8189
8190 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8191
8192 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8193
8194 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8195 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8196
8197 \(fn)" t nil)
8198
8199 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8200 Do a syntactic analysis of region.
8201
8202 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8203
8204 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8205 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8206
8207 \(fn)" nil nil)
8208
8209 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8210 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8211
8212 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8213
8214 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8215
8216 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8217 Delete style NAME.
8218
8219 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8220
8221 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8222
8223 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8224 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8225
8226 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8227
8228 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8229
8230 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8231 Set STYLE as the current style.
8232
8233 Returns the old style symbol.
8234
8235 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8236
8237 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8238
8239 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8240 Reset current style.
8241
8242 Returns the old style symbol.
8243
8244 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8245
8246 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8247
8248 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8249 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8250
8251 Returns the old style symbol.
8252
8253 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8254
8255 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8256
8257 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8258
8259 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8260 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8261
8262 Returns the old style symbol.
8263
8264 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8265
8266 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8267
8268 \(fn)" t nil)
8269
8270 ;;;***
8271 \f
8272 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8273 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8274 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8275 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8276 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8277 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8278 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8279 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8280 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8281 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8282 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17821
8283 ;;;;;; 5918))
8284 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8285
8286 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8287 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8288 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8289 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8290 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8291 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8292
8293 Tree mode key bindings:
8294 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8295
8296 \(fn)" t nil)
8297
8298 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8299 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8300
8301 \(fn)" t nil)
8302
8303 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8304 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8305
8306 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8307
8308 \(fn)" nil nil)
8309
8310 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8311 View declaration of member at point.
8312
8313 \(fn)" t nil)
8314
8315 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8316 Find declaration of member at point.
8317
8318 \(fn)" t nil)
8319
8320 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8321 View definition of member at point.
8322
8323 \(fn)" t nil)
8324
8325 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8326 Find definition of member at point.
8327
8328 \(fn)" t nil)
8329
8330 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8331 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8332
8333 \(fn)" t nil)
8334
8335 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8336 View definition of member at point in other window.
8337
8338 \(fn)" t nil)
8339
8340 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8341 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8342
8343 \(fn)" t nil)
8344
8345 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8346 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8347
8348 \(fn)" t nil)
8349
8350 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8351 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8352
8353 \(fn)" t nil)
8354
8355 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8356 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8357
8358 \(fn)" t nil)
8359
8360 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8361 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8362 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8363 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8364 completion.
8365
8366 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8367
8368 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8369 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8370 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8371 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8372
8373 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8374
8375 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8376 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8377 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8378 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8379
8380 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8381
8382 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8383 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8384 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8385
8386 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8387
8388 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8389 Search for call sites of a member.
8390 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8391 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8392 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8393 looks like a function call to the member.
8394
8395 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8396
8397 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8398 Move backward in the position stack.
8399 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8400
8401 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8402
8403 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8404 Move forward in the position stack.
8405 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8406
8407 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8408
8409 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8410 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8411
8412 \(fn)" t nil)
8413
8414 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8415 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8416
8417 \(fn)" t nil)
8418
8419 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8420 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8421 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8422 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8423
8424 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8425
8426 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8427 Display statistics for a class tree.
8428
8429 \(fn)" t nil)
8430
8431 ;;;***
8432 \f
8433 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8434 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
8435 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8436
8437 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8438 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8439 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8440 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8441
8442 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8443 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8444 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8445
8446 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8447 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8448 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8449
8450 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8451
8452 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8453
8454 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8455
8456 ;;;***
8457 \f
8458 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8459 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17842 58280))
8460 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8461
8462 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8463 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8464 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8465
8466 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8467
8468 ;;;***
8469 \f
8470 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8471 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8472 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17952 11093))
8473 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8474
8475 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8476 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8477 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8478 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8479 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8480
8481 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8482 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8483 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8484 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8485
8486 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" t)
8487
8488 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8489 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8490 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8491 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8492
8493 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" t)
8494
8495 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8496 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8497 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8498 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8499
8500 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8501
8502 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8503
8504 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8505 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8506 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8507 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8508 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8509
8510 If you do this on a function definition
8511 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8512 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8513 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8514 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8515
8516 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8517 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8518 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8519 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8520 already is one.)
8521
8522 \(fn)" t nil)
8523
8524 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8525 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8526
8527 \(fn)" t nil)
8528
8529 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8530 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8531
8532 \(fn)" t nil)
8533
8534 ;;;***
8535 \f
8536 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8537 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8538 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8539 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8540 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8541 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8542 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8543 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8544 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8545 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17846 30361))
8546 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8547
8548 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8549 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8550
8551 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8552
8553 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8554 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8555
8556 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8557
8558 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8559
8560 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8561
8562 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8563 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8564 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8565 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8566
8567 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8568
8569 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8570 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8571
8572 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8573
8574 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8575
8576 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8577 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8578
8579 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8580
8581 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8582
8583 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8584 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8585 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8586 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8587
8588 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8589
8590 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8591
8592 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8593 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8594 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8595 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8596
8597 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8598
8599 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8600
8601 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8602 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8603 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8604 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8605
8606 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8607
8608 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8609
8610 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8611 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8612 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8613 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8614
8615 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8616
8617 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8618
8619 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8620 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8621 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8622 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8623 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8624 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8625
8626 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8627
8628 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8629 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8630 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8631 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8632
8633 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8634
8635 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8636
8637 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8638 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8639 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8640 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8641
8642 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8643
8644 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8645
8646 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8647
8648 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8649 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8650 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8651 follows:
8652 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8653 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8654
8655 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8656
8657 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8658 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8659 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8660 follows:
8661 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8662 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8663
8664 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8665
8666 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8667 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8668 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8669 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8670 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8671
8672 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8673
8674 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8675 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8676 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8677 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8678 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8679 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8680
8681 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8682
8683 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8684
8685 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8686 Merge two files without ancestor.
8687
8688 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8689
8690 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8691 Merge two files with ancestor.
8692
8693 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8694
8695 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8696
8697 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8698 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8699
8700 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8701
8702 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8703 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8704
8705 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8706
8707 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8708 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8709 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8710 buffer.
8711
8712 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8713
8714 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8715 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8716 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8717 buffer.
8718
8719 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8720
8721 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8722 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8723 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8724 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8725
8726 \(fn POS)" t nil)
8727
8728 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8729 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8730 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8731 and don't ask the user.
8732 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8733 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8734
8735 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8736
8737 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8738 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8739 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8740 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8741 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8742 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8743 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8744 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8745
8746 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8747
8748 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8749
8750 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8751
8752 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8753 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8754 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8755 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8756 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8757
8758 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8759
8760 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8761
8762 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8763 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8764 When called interactively, displays the version.
8765
8766 \(fn)" t nil)
8767
8768 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8769 Display Ediff's manual.
8770 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8771
8772 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8773
8774 ;;;***
8775 \f
8776 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8777 ;;;;;; (17842 58280))
8778 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8779
8780 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8781 Not documented
8782
8783 \(fn)" t nil)
8784
8785 ;;;***
8786 \f
8787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17842 58280))
8788 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8789
8790 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8791 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8792
8793 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8794
8795 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8796
8797 ;;;***
8798 \f
8799 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8800 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
8801 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8802
8803 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8804 Display Ediff's registry.
8805
8806 \(fn)" t nil)
8807
8808 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8809
8810 ;;;***
8811 \f
8812 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8813 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17846 30361))
8814 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8815
8816 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8817 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8818 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8819 which see.
8820
8821 \(fn)" t nil)
8822
8823 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8824 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8825 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8826 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8827
8828 \(fn)" t nil)
8829
8830 ;;;***
8831 \f
8832 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8833 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8834 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
8835 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8836
8837 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8838 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8839 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8840
8841 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8842 Edit a keyboard macro.
8843 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8844 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8845 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8846 its command name.
8847 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8848
8849 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8850
8851 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8852 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8853
8854 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8855
8856 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8857 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8858
8859 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8860
8861 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8862 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8863 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8864 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8865 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8866 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8867
8868 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8869 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8870 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8871 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8872
8873 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8874
8875 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8876 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8877 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8878 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8879 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8880 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8881
8882 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8883
8884 ;;;***
8885 \f
8886 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8887 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17842 54264))
8888 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8889
8890 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8891 Set scroll margins.
8892 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8893 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8894
8895 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8896
8897 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8898 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8899
8900 \(fn)" t nil)
8901
8902 ;;;***
8903 \f
8904 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8905 ;;;;;; (17873 45892))
8906 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8907
8908 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8909 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8910 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8911 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8912 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8913 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8914 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8915
8916 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8917 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8918
8919 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8920 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8921 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8922 this value is non-nil.
8923
8924 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8925 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8926 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8927
8928 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8929 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8930 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8931
8932 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8933
8934 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8935 Not documented
8936
8937 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8938
8939 ;;;***
8940 \f
8941 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8942 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17992 30878))
8943 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8944
8945 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8946 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8947
8948 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" t)
8949
8950 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8951 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8952 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8953 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8954 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8955 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8956 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8957
8958 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8959
8960 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8961
8962 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8963 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8964
8965 \(fn)" t nil)
8966
8967 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8968 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8969 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8970 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8971 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8972 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8973 arg list.
8974
8975 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8976 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8977
8978 ;;;***
8979 \f
8980 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17842
8981 ;;;;;; 58279))
8982 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8983
8984 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8985 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8986
8987 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8988 an elided material again.
8989
8990 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8991
8992 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8993
8994 ;;;***
8995 \f
8996 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8997 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
8998 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8999
9000 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
9001 Initialize elint.
9002
9003 \(fn)" t nil)
9004
9005 ;;;***
9006 \f
9007 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
9008 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17842
9009 ;;;;;; 54152))
9010 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9011
9012 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
9013 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9014 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9015
9016 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9017
9018 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
9019 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9020 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9021
9022 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9023
9024 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
9025 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9026 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9027
9028 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
9029
9030 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9031
9032 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
9033 Display current profiling results.
9034 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9035 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
9036 displayed.
9037
9038 \(fn)" t nil)
9039
9040 ;;;***
9041 \f
9042 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
9043 ;;;;;; (17907 23437))
9044 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9045
9046 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
9047 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9048 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9049
9050 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
9051
9052 ;;;***
9053 \f
9054 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
9055 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
9056 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
9057 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
9058 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17166 62192))
9059 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
9060
9061 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
9062 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
9063 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
9064 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
9065 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
9066 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
9067 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
9068 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
9069 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
9070 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
9071 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
9072 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
9073 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
9074 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
9075 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
9076 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
9077
9078 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
9079 Run Emerge on two files.
9080
9081 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9082
9083 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9084 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9085
9086 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9087
9088 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
9089 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9090
9091 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9092
9093 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9094 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9095
9096 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9097
9098 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
9099 Not documented
9100
9101 \(fn)" nil nil)
9102
9103 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
9104 Not documented
9105
9106 \(fn)" nil nil)
9107
9108 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
9109 Not documented
9110
9111 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9112
9113 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
9114 Not documented
9115
9116 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9117
9118 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
9119 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9120
9121 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9122
9123 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9124 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9125
9126 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9127
9128 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9129 Not documented
9130
9131 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9132
9133 ;;;***
9134 \f
9135 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9136 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
9137 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9138
9139 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
9140 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
9141 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
9142 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9143 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9144 or call the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
9145
9146 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" nil)
9147
9148 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
9149 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
9150 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9151
9152 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
9153 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
9154 automatically.
9155
9156 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
9157 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
9158 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
9159
9160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9161
9162 ;;;***
9163 \f
9164 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9165 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17842 58277))
9166 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9167
9168 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9169 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9170 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9171 text/enriched format.
9172 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9173
9174 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9175 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9176
9177 Commands:
9178
9179 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9180
9181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9182
9183 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9184 Not documented
9185
9186 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9187
9188 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9189 Not documented
9190
9191 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9192
9193 ;;;***
9194 \f
9195 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9196 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (17935 53318))
9197 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9198
9199 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9200 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9201
9202 \(fn)" nil nil)
9203
9204 (autoload (quote erc) "erc" "\
9205 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
9206 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
9207
9208 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
9209
9210 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
9211 (server (erc-compute-server))
9212 (port (erc-compute-port))
9213 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9214 password
9215 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9216
9217 That is, if called with
9218
9219 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9220
9221 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9222 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9223 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9224
9225 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9226
9227 (defalias (quote erc-select) (quote erc))
9228
9229 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9230 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9231 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9232 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9233
9234 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9235
9236 ;;;***
9237 \f
9238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17935
9239 ;;;;;; 53318))
9240 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9241 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9242
9243 ;;;***
9244 \f
9245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17935 53318))
9246 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9247 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9248
9249 ;;;***
9250 \f
9251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (17935 53318))
9252 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9253 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9254
9255 ;;;***
9256 \f
9257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17935 53318))
9258 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9259 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9260
9261 ;;;***
9262 \f
9263 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9264 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17842 54344))
9265 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9266
9267 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9268 Parser for /dcc command.
9269 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9270 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9271 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9272
9273 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9274
9275 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9276 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9277
9278 \(fn)" nil nil)
9279
9280 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9281 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9282
9283 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9284 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9285 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9286 that subcommand.
9287
9288 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9289
9290 ;;;***
9291 \f
9292 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9293 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9294 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9295 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9296 ;;;;;; (17842 54344))
9297 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9298
9299 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9300 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9301
9302 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9303
9304 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9305 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9306 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9307 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9308
9309 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9310
9311 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9312 Not documented
9313
9314 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9315
9316 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9317 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9318
9319 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9320
9321 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9322 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9323
9324 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9325
9326 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9327 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9328
9329 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9330
9331 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9332 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9333
9334 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9335
9336 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9337 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9338
9339 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9340
9341 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9342 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9343
9344 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9345
9346 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9347 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9348
9349 \(fn)" nil nil)
9350
9351 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9352 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9353
9354 \(fn)" nil nil)
9355
9356 ;;;***
9357 \f
9358 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17935
9359 ;;;;;; 53318))
9360 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9361 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9362
9363 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9364 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9365 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9366
9367 \(fn)" nil nil)
9368
9369 ;;;***
9370 \f
9371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17842
9372 ;;;;;; 54344))
9373 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9374 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9375
9376 ;;;***
9377 \f
9378 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9379 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17935 53318))
9380 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9381 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9382
9383 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9384 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9385 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9386 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9387 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9388 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9389 system.
9390
9391 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9392
9393 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9394 Not documented
9395
9396 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9397
9398 ;;;***
9399 \f
9400 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9401 ;;;;;; (17842 54344))
9402 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9403
9404 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9405 Not documented
9406
9407 \(fn)" nil nil)
9408
9409 ;;;***
9410 \f
9411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17842 54344))
9412 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9413 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9414
9415 ;;;***
9416 \f
9417 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9418 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17935 53318))
9419 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9420 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9421
9422 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9423 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9424 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9425 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9426 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9427 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9428
9429 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9430
9431 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9432 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9433 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9434 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9435
9436 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9437 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9438 automatically.
9439
9440 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9441 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9442
9443 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9444
9445 ;;;***
9446 \f
9447 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9448 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9449 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9450 ;;;;;; (17935 53318))
9451 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9452 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9453
9454 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9455 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9456
9457 \(fn)" t nil)
9458
9459 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9460 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9461
9462 \(fn)" t nil)
9463
9464 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9465 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9466
9467 \(fn)" t nil)
9468
9469 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9470 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9471
9472 \(fn)" t nil)
9473
9474 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9475 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9476
9477 \(fn)" t nil)
9478
9479 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9480 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9481
9482 \(fn)" t nil)
9483
9484 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9485 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9486
9487 \(fn)" t nil)
9488
9489 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9490 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9491
9492 \(fn)" t nil)
9493
9494 ;;;***
9495 \f
9496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (17935 53318))
9497 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9498 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9499
9500 ;;;***
9501 \f
9502 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9503 ;;;;;; (17935 53318))
9504 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9505 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9506
9507 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9508 Show who's gone.
9509
9510 \(fn)" nil nil)
9511
9512 ;;;***
9513 \f
9514 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9515 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17935 53318))
9516 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9517
9518 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9519 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9520 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9521 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9522
9523 \(fn)" nil nil)
9524
9525 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9526 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9527
9528 \(fn)" t nil)
9529
9530 ;;;***
9531 \f
9532 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9533 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17935 53318))
9534 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9535 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9536
9537 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9538 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9539 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9540 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9541
9542 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9543
9544 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9545 Not documented
9546
9547 \(fn)" nil nil)
9548
9549 ;;;***
9550 \f
9551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17842 54344))
9552 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9553 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9554
9555 ;;;***
9556 \f
9557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17935
9558 ;;;;;; 53318))
9559 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9560 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9561
9562 ;;;***
9563 \f
9564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17842 54344))
9565 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9566 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9567
9568 ;;;***
9569 \f
9570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17935 53318))
9571 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9572 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9573
9574 ;;;***
9575 \f
9576 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9577 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17935 53318))
9578 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9579 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9580
9581 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9582 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9583
9584 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9585
9586 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9587 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9588 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9589
9590 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9591
9592 ;;;***
9593 \f
9594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17842 54344))
9595 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9596 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9597
9598 ;;;***
9599 \f
9600 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9601 ;;;;;; (17935 53318))
9602 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9603
9604 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9605 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9606 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9607
9608 \(fn)" t nil)
9609
9610 ;;;***
9611 \f
9612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17935
9613 ;;;;;; 53318))
9614 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9615 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9616
9617 ;;;***
9618 \f
9619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17935 53318))
9620 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9621 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9622
9623 ;;;***
9624 \f
9625 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9626 ;;;;;; (17935 53318))
9627 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9628
9629 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9630 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9631 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9632
9633 (custom-autoload (quote erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" nil)
9634
9635 (autoload (quote erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "\
9636 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9637 mode line.
9638
9639 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9640 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9641 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9642
9643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9644 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9645
9646 ;;;***
9647 \f
9648 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9649 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17842 54344))
9650 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9651 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9652
9653 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9654 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9655 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9656 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9657
9658 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9659
9660 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9661 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9662 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9663
9664 \(fn)" t nil)
9665
9666 ;;;***
9667 \f
9668 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9669 ;;;;;; (17842 54344))
9670 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9671
9672 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9673 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9674
9675 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9676
9677 ;;;***
9678 \f
9679 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17914
9680 ;;;;;; 52082))
9681 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9682
9683 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9684 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9685
9686 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9687
9688 \(fn)" nil nil)
9689
9690 ;;;***
9691 \f
9692 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17842
9693 ;;;;;; 54411))
9694 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9695
9696 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9697 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9698
9699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9700
9701 ;;;***
9702 \f
9703 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9704 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17842 54411))
9705 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9706
9707 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9708 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9709 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9710 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9711 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9712 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9713 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9714 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9715 buffer selected (or created).
9716
9717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9718
9719 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9720 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9721 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9722
9723 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9724
9725 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9726 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9727 The result might be any Lisp object.
9728 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9729 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9730 corresponding to a successful execution.
9731
9732 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9733
9734 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9735 Report a bug in Eshell.
9736 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9737 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9738
9739 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
9740
9741 ;;;***
9742 \f
9743 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9744 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9745 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9746 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9747 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9748 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9749 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9750 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
9751 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9752
9753 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9754 *File name of tags table.
9755 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9756 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9757 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9758 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9759
9760 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9761 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9762 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9763 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9764
9765 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags" t)
9766
9767 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9768 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9769 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9770 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9771 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9772 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9773
9774 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags" t)
9775
9776 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9777 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9778 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9779 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9780 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9781 `auto-compression-mode').")
9782
9783 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags" t)
9784
9785 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9786 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9787 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9788 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9789 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9790
9791 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags" t)
9792
9793 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9794 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9795 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9796 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9797
9798 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags" t)
9799
9800 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9801 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9802 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9803 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9804 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9805
9806 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags" t)
9807
9808 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9809 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9810
9811 \(fn)" t nil)
9812
9813 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9814 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9815 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9816 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9817
9818 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9819 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9820 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9821 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9822 file the tag was in.
9823
9824 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9825
9826 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9827 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9828 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9829 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9830 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9831 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9832 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9833 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9834 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9835
9836 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9837
9838 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9839 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9840 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9841 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9842 without directory names.
9843
9844 \(fn)" nil nil)
9845
9846 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9847 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9848 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9849 but does not select the buffer.
9850 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9851
9852 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9853 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9854 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9855 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9856 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9857
9858 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9859
9860 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9861 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9862 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9863
9864 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9865
9866 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9867
9868 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9869 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9870 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9871 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9872
9873 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9874 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9875 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9876 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9877 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9878
9879 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9880
9881 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9882 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9883 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9884
9885 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9886
9887 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9888 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9889
9890 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9891 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9892 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9893 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9894 around or before point.
9895
9896 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9897 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9898 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9899 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9900 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9901
9902 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9903
9904 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9905 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9906 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9907
9908 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9909
9910 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9911 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9912
9913 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9914 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9915 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9916 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9917 around or before point.
9918
9919 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9920 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9921 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9922 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9923 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9924
9925 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9926
9927 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9928 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9929 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9930
9931 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9932
9933 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9934 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9935
9936 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9937 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9938 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9939
9940 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9941 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9942 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9943 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9944 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9945
9946 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9947
9948 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9949 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9950 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9951
9952 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9953
9954 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9955 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9956 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9957
9958 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9959 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9960
9961 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9962 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9963 where they were found.
9964
9965 \(fn)" t nil)
9966
9967 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9968 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9969
9970 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9971 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9972 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9973
9974 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9975 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9976
9977 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9978 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9979
9980 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9981
9982 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9983 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9984 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9985 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9986
9987 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9988 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9989 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9990 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9991 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9992
9993 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9994 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9995
9996 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9997 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9998 Stops when a match is found.
9999 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
10000
10001 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10002
10003 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
10004
10005 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
10006 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
10007 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
10008 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
10009 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
10010
10011 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10012
10013 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
10014
10015 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
10016 Display list of tags in file FILE.
10017 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
10018 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
10019 directory specification.
10020
10021 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
10022
10023 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
10024 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
10025
10026 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10027
10028 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
10029 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
10030 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
10031 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
10032
10033 \(fn)" t nil)
10034
10035 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
10036 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
10037 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
10038 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
10039 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
10040
10041 \(fn)" t nil)
10042
10043 ;;;***
10044 \f
10045 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
10046 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
10047 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
10048 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
10049 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
10050 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
10051 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
10052 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17842 58278))
10053 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
10054
10055 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
10056 Not documented
10057
10058 \(fn)" nil nil)
10059
10060 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
10061 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
10062 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
10063 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10064
10065 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
10066 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10067 language.
10068
10069 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
10070 even if the buffer is read-only.
10071
10072 See also the descriptions of the variables
10073 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10074 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10075
10076 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10077
10078 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10079 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
10080
10081 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10082 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10083
10084 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
10085 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10086 language.
10087
10088 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
10089 buffer is read-only.
10090
10091 See also the descriptions of the variables
10092 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10093 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10094
10095 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10096
10097 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10098 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10099 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10100
10101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10102
10103 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10104 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
10105
10106 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
10107 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
10108
10109 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
10110 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
10111
10112 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10113
10114 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10115 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10116 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10117 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10118
10119 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10120
10121 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
10122 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10123 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10124 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10125
10126 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10127 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10128 the primary language.
10129
10130 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10131 buffer is read-only.
10132
10133 See also the descriptions of the variables
10134 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10135 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10136
10137 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10138
10139 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10140 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10141 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10142 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10143
10144 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10145 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10146 primary language.
10147
10148 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10149 buffer is read-only.
10150
10151 See also the descriptions of the variables
10152 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10153 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10154
10155 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10156
10157 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10158 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10159 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10160
10161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10162
10163 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10164 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10165
10166 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10167 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10168 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10169 3) convert the body into SERA.
10170
10171 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10172
10173 \(fn)" t nil)
10174
10175 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10176 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10177 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10178
10179 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10180
10181 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10182 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10183
10184 \(fn)" t nil)
10185
10186 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10187 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10188
10189 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10190 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10191 be 1, 2, or 3.
10192
10193 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10194 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10195 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10196
10197 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10198
10199 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10200
10201 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10202 Allow the user to input special characters.
10203
10204 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10205
10206 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10207 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10208 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10209
10210 \(fn)" t nil)
10211
10212 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10213 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10214
10215 \(fn)" t nil)
10216
10217 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10218 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10219
10220 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10221 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10222
10223 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10224 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10225
10226 \(fn)" nil nil)
10227
10228 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10229 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10230
10231 \(fn)" nil nil)
10232
10233 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10234 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10235
10236 \(fn)" nil nil)
10237
10238 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10239 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10240
10241 \(fn)" nil nil)
10242
10243 ;;;***
10244 \f
10245 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10246 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10247 ;;;;;; (17842 55218))
10248 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10249
10250 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10251 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10252 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10253 server for future sessions.
10254
10255 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10256
10257 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10258 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10259 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10260
10261 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10262
10263 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10264 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10265 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10266
10267 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10268
10269 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10270 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10271 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10272 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10273 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10274 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10275 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10276 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10277 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10278 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10279 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10280 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10281
10282 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10283
10284 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10285 Display a form to query the directory server.
10286 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10287 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10288
10289 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10290
10291 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10292 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10293 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10294
10295 \(fn)" t nil)
10296
10297 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10298
10299 ;;;***
10300 \f
10301 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10302 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10303 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17842 55218))
10304 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10305
10306 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
10307 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10308
10309 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10310
10311 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
10312 Display URL and make it clickable.
10313
10314 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10315
10316 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
10317 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10318
10319 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10320
10321 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
10322 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10323
10324 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10325
10326 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10327 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10328
10329 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10330
10331 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10332 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10333
10334 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10335
10336 ;;;***
10337 \f
10338 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10339 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17842 55218))
10340 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10341
10342 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10343 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10344 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10345
10346 \(fn)" t nil)
10347
10348 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10349 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10350
10351 \(fn)" t nil)
10352
10353 ;;;***
10354 \f
10355 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10356 ;;;;;; (17842 55218))
10357 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10358
10359 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10360 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10361
10362 \(fn)" t nil)
10363
10364 ;;;***
10365 \f
10366 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17933
10367 ;;;;;; 14283))
10368 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10369
10370 (autoload (quote ewoc-create) "ewoc" "\
10371 Create an empty ewoc.
10372
10373 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10374
10375 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10376 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10377 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10378 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10379 `insert-before-markers'.
10380
10381 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10382 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10383 respectively, of the ewoc.
10384
10385 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10386 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10387 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10388
10389 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10390
10391 ;;;***
10392 \f
10393 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10394 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10395 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10396 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
10397 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10398
10399 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10400 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10401 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10402
10403 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10404
10405 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10406 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10407 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10408 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10409 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10410
10411 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10412
10413 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10414 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10415 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10416 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10417 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10418 executable.
10419
10420 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10421
10422 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10423 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10424 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10425
10426 \(fn)" t nil)
10427
10428 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10429 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10430 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10431 file modes.
10432
10433 \(fn)" nil nil)
10434
10435 ;;;***
10436 \f
10437 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10438 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10439 ;;;;;; (17925 52793))
10440 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10441
10442 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10443 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10444 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10445 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10446
10447 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10448
10449 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10450 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10451 to generate such functions.
10452
10453 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10454 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10455 beginning of the expanded text.
10456
10457 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10458 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10459 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10460 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10461
10462 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10463
10464 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10465
10466 (autoload (quote expand-abbrev-hook) "expand" "\
10467 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10468 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10469
10470 \(fn)" nil nil)
10471
10472 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10473 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10474 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10475
10476 \(fn)" t nil)
10477
10478 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10479 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10480 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10481
10482 \(fn)" t nil)
10483 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10484 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10485
10486 ;;;***
10487 \f
10488 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17842 56333))
10489 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10490
10491 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10492 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10493 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10494
10495 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10496 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10497 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10498
10499 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10500
10501 Key definitions:
10502 \\{f90-mode-map}
10503
10504 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10505
10506 `f90-do-indent'
10507 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10508 `f90-if-indent'
10509 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10510 `f90-type-indent'
10511 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10512 `f90-program-indent'
10513 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10514 (default 2).
10515 `f90-continuation-indent'
10516 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10517 `f90-comment-region'
10518 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10519 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10520 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10521 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10522 (default \"!\").
10523 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10524 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10525 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10526 `f90-break-delimiters'
10527 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10528 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10529 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10530 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10531 (default t).
10532 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10533 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10534 `f90-smart-end'
10535 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10536 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10537 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10538 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10539 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10540 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10541 `f90-leave-line-no'
10542 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10543
10544 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10545 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10546
10547 \(fn)" t nil)
10548
10549 ;;;***
10550 \f
10551 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10552 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10553 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10554 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10555 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17842 58279))
10556 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10557 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10558 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10559
10560 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10561 Menu keymap for faces.")
10562
10563 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10564
10565 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10566 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10567
10568 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10569
10570 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10571 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10572
10573 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10574
10575 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10576 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10577
10578 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10579
10580 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10581 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10582
10583 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10584
10585 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10586 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10587
10588 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10589
10590 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10591 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10592
10593 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10594
10595 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10596
10597 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10598
10599 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10600
10601 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10602 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10603
10604 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10605 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10606 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10607 to the faces to use for the next character
10608 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10609 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10610
10611 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10612 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10613 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10614 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10615 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10616 preceding faces (including FACE).
10617
10618 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10619 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10620
10621 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10622
10623 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10624 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10625 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10626
10627 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10628 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10629 requested face.
10630
10631 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10632 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10633 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10634
10635 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10636
10637 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10638 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10639 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10640
10641 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10642 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10643 requested face.
10644
10645 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10646 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10647 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10648
10649 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10650
10651 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10652 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10653 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10654 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10655 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10656 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10657 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10658
10659 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10660 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10661 requested face.
10662
10663 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10664 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10665 to insert cancels the specification.
10666
10667 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10668
10669 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10670 Make the region invisible.
10671 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10672 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10673
10674 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10675
10676 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10677 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10678 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10679 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10680
10681 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10682
10683 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10684 Make the region unmodifiable.
10685 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10686 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10687
10688 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10689
10690 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10691 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10692
10693 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10694
10695 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10696 Remove all text properties from the region.
10697
10698 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10699
10700 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10701 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10702 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10703
10704 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10705
10706 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10707 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10708
10709 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10710
10711 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10712 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10713 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10714 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10715 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10716 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10717
10718 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10719
10720 ;;;***
10721 \f
10722 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10723 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10724 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17888 29839))
10725 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10726
10727 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10728 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10729 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10730 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10731
10732 \(fn)" nil nil)
10733
10734 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10735 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10736
10737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10738
10739 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10740 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10741 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10742 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10743
10744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10745
10746 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10747 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10748 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10749 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10750 backup file names and the like).
10751
10752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10753
10754 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10755 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10756 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10757 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10758 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10759 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10760 internally by feedmail):
10761
10762 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10763 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10764 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10765 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10766
10767 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10768 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10769 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10770 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10771 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10772
10773 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10774
10775 ;;;***
10776 \f
10777 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10778 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17943 4602))
10779 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10780
10781 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10782 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10783 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10784 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10785 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10786 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10787 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10788
10789 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10790
10791 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10792 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10793 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10794 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10795 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10796 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10797 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10798
10799 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10800
10801 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10802
10803 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10804 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10805 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10806 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10807 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10808 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10809
10810 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10811
10812 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10813 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10814 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10815 Return value:
10816 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10817 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10818 * otherwise, nil
10819
10820 \(fn E)" t nil)
10821
10822 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10823 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10824
10825 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10826
10827 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10828 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10829
10830 \(fn)" t nil)
10831
10832 ;;;***
10833 \f
10834 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10835 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10836 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10837 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (17842 58279))
10838 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10839
10840 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory) "filecache" "\
10841 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10842 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10843 be added to the cache.
10844
10845 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10846
10847 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-list) "filecache" "\
10848 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10849 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10850 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10851 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10852
10853 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10854
10855 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-file) "filecache" "\
10856 Add FILE to the file cache.
10857
10858 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10859
10860 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-find) "filecache" "\
10861 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10862 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10863
10864 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10865
10866 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-locate) "filecache" "\
10867 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10868 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10869
10870 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10871
10872 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-recursively) "filecache" "\
10873 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10874 This function does not use any external programs
10875 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10876 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10877 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10878
10879 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10880
10881 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10882 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10883 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10884 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10885 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10886 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10887 \(directories) is done.
10888
10889 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10890 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10891 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10892 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10893
10894 ;;;***
10895 \f
10896 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17842
10897 ;;;;;; 58279))
10898 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10899
10900 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10901 Filesets initialization.
10902 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10903
10904 \(fn)" nil nil)
10905
10906 ;;;***
10907 \f
10908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (18007 39658))
10909 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10910 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10911
10912 ;;;***
10913 \f
10914 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10915 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10916 ;;;;;; (17992 30877))
10917 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10918
10919 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10920 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10921 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10922 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10923 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10924
10925 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired" t)
10926
10927 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10928 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10929 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10930 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10931 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10932
10933 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired" t)
10934
10935 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10936 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10937 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10938 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10939
10940 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired" t)
10941
10942 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10943 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10944 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10945
10946 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10947
10948 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10949 as the final argument.
10950
10951 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10952
10953 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10954 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10955 and run dired on those files.
10956 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10957 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10958
10959 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10960
10961 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10962
10963 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10964 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10965 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10966
10967 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10968
10969 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10970
10971 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10972
10973 ;;;***
10974 \f
10975 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10976 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10977 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
10978 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10979
10980 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))) "\
10981 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10982 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10983 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10984 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10985 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10986 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10987
10988 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10989 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10990 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10991
10992 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10993
10994 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10995
10996 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10997
10998 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10999 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
11000 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
11001
11002 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
11003 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
11004
11005 Variables of interest include:
11006
11007 - `ff-case-fold-search'
11008 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
11009 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
11010
11011 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
11012 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
11013 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
11014
11015 - `ff-ignore-include'
11016 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
11017
11018 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
11019 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
11020
11021 - `ff-quiet-mode'
11022 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
11023
11024 - `ff-special-constructs'
11025 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
11026 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
11027 extracting the filename from that construct.
11028
11029 - `ff-other-file-alist'
11030 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
11031
11032 - `ff-search-directories'
11033 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
11034 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
11035
11036 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
11037 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
11038
11039 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
11040 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
11041
11042 - `ff-post-load-hook'
11043 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
11044
11045 - `ff-not-found-hook'
11046 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
11047
11048 - `ff-file-created-hook'
11049 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
11050
11051 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
11052
11053 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
11054 Visit the file you click on.
11055
11056 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11057
11058 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
11059 Visit the file you click on in another window.
11060
11061 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11062
11063 ;;;***
11064 \f
11065 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
11066 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
11067 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
11068 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
11069 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
11070 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
11071 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17842 54152))
11072 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
11073
11074 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
11075 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
11076
11077 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
11078
11079 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
11080 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
11081 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
11082 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
11083
11084 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
11085 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
11086 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
11087 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
11088
11089 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
11090
11091 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
11092 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
11093
11094 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
11095 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
11096 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
11097 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
11098
11099 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
11100 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
11101 in `load-path'.
11102
11103 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11104
11105 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
11106 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
11107
11108 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
11109 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
11110 places point before the definition.
11111 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11112
11113 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11114 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11115 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11116
11117 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11118
11119 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
11120 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11121
11122 See `find-function' for more details.
11123
11124 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11125
11126 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11127 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11128
11129 See `find-function' for more details.
11130
11131 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11132
11133 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
11134 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11135
11136 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11137 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11138 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11139
11140 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11141 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11142
11143 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11144
11145 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
11146 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11147
11148 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11149 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11150 places point before the definition.
11151
11152 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11153
11154 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11155 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11156 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11157
11158 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11159
11160 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
11161 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11162
11163 See `find-variable' for more details.
11164
11165 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11166
11167 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11168 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11169
11170 See `find-variable' for more details.
11171
11172 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11173
11174 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
11175 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11176 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11177 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11178 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11179 buffer nor display it.
11180
11181 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11182 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11183
11184 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11185
11186 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11187 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11188
11189 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11190 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11191 places point before the definition.
11192
11193 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11194
11195 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11196 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11197 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11198
11199 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11200
11201 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11202 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11203 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11204
11205 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11206
11207 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11208 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11209
11210 \(fn)" t nil)
11211
11212 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11213 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11214
11215 \(fn)" t nil)
11216
11217 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11218 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11219
11220 \(fn)" nil nil)
11221
11222 ;;;***
11223 \f
11224 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11225 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17893 23802))
11226 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11227
11228 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11229 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11230
11231 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11232
11233 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11234 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11235
11236 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11237
11238 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11239 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11240
11241 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11242
11243 ;;;***
11244 \f
11245 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11246 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17842 58279))
11247 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11248
11249 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11250 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11251
11252 \(fn)" t nil)
11253
11254 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11255 Display FILE's commentary section.
11256 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11257
11258 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11259
11260 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11261 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11262
11263 \(fn)" t nil)
11264
11265 ;;;***
11266 \f
11267 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11268 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17842 58279))
11269 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11270
11271 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11272 Toggle flow control handling.
11273 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11274 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11275
11276 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11277
11278 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11279 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11280 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11281 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11282 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11283 to get the effect of a C-q.
11284
11285 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11286
11287 ;;;***
11288 \f
11289 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11290 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
11291 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11292
11293 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11294 Not documented
11295
11296 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11297
11298 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11299 Not documented
11300
11301 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11302
11303 ;;;***
11304 \f
11305 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11306 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17934 27588))
11307 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11308
11309 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11310 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11311 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11312 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11313
11314 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11315
11316 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11317 Turn flymake mode on.
11318
11319 \(fn)" nil nil)
11320
11321 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11322 Turn flymake mode off.
11323
11324 \(fn)" nil nil)
11325
11326 ;;;***
11327 \f
11328 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11329 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11330 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (18006 55797))
11331 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11332
11333 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11334 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11335
11336 \(fn)" t nil)
11337 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11338
11339 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11340 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11341 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11342 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11343 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11344 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11345
11346 Bindings:
11347 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11348 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11349 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11350 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11351
11352 Hooks:
11353 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11354
11355 Remark:
11356 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11357 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11358 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11359
11360 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11361 consider adding:
11362 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11363 in your .emacs file.
11364
11365 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11366 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11367
11368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11369
11370 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11371 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11372
11373 \(fn)" nil nil)
11374
11375 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11376 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11377
11378 \(fn)" nil nil)
11379
11380 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11381 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11382
11383 \(fn)" nil nil)
11384
11385 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11386 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11387
11388 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11389
11390 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11391 Flyspell whole buffer.
11392
11393 \(fn)" t nil)
11394
11395 ;;;***
11396 \f
11397 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11398 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11399 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
11400 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11401
11402 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11403 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11404
11405 \(fn)" t nil)
11406
11407 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11408 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11409
11410 \(fn)" t nil)
11411
11412 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11413 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11414
11415 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11416 of two major techniques:
11417
11418 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11419 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11420 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11421
11422 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11423 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11424 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11425 movement commands.
11426
11427 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11428 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11429 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11430 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11431 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11432 mileage may vary).
11433
11434 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11435 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11436
11437 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11438
11439 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11440 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11441 \(This is the default.)
11442
11443 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11444 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11445
11446 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11447 \\{follow-mode-map}
11448
11449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11450
11451 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11452 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11453
11454 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11455 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11456 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11457 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11458 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11459 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11460
11461 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11462 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11463 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11464
11465 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11466 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11467 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11468
11469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11470
11471 ;;;***
11472 \f
11473 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17954
11474 ;;;;;; 24686))
11475 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11476
11477 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11478 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11479 \\<message-mode-map>
11480 key binding
11481 --- -------
11482
11483 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11484 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11485 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11486 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11487 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11488 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11489
11490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11491
11492 ;;;***
11493 \f
11494 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11495 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17842 58279))
11496 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11497
11498 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11499 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11500
11501 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11502 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11503 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11504 C-c < forms-first-record <
11505 C-c > forms-last-record >
11506 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11507 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11508 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11509 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11510 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11511 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11512 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11513 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11514 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11515 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11516
11517 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11518
11519 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11520 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11521
11522 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11523
11524 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11525 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11526
11527 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11528
11529 ;;;***
11530 \f
11531 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11532 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17842 56333))
11533 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11534
11535 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11536 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11537 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11538 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11539 with a character in column 6.")
11540
11541 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" t)
11542
11543 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11544 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11545 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11546
11547 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11548 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11549
11550 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11551
11552 Key definitions:
11553 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11554
11555 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11556
11557 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11558 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11559 `fortran-do-indent'
11560 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11561 `fortran-if-indent'
11562 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11563 `fortran-structure-indent'
11564 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11565 (default 3)
11566 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11567 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11568 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11569 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11570 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11571 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11572 nil don't change the indentation
11573 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11574 value of either
11575 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11576 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11577 depending on the continuation format in use.
11578 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11579 indentation for a line of code.
11580 (default 'fixed)
11581 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11582 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11583 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11584 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11585 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11586 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11587 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11588 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11589 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11590 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11591 column 5.
11592 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11593 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11594 statements (default nil).
11595 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11596 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11597 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11598 `fortran-continuation-string'
11599 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11600 line (default \"$\").
11601 `fortran-comment-region'
11602 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11603 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11604 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11605 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11606 as typed (default t).
11607 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11608 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11609
11610 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11611 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11612
11613 \(fn)" t nil)
11614
11615 ;;;***
11616 \f
11617 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11618 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17842 55395))
11619 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11620
11621 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11622 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11623
11624 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11625 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11626
11627 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11628
11629 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11630 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11631
11632 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11633 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11634
11635 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11636
11637 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11638 Compile fortune file.
11639
11640 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11641 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11642
11643 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11644
11645 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11646 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11647
11648 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11649 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11650 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11651 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11652
11653 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11654
11655 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11656 Display a fortune cookie.
11657
11658 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11659 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11660 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11661 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11662
11663 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11664
11665 ;;;***
11666 \f
11667 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11668 ;;;;;; (17941 38806))
11669 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11670
11671 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11672 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11673 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11674 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11675
11676 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11677 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11678 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11679 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11680
11681 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11682 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11683 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11684 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11685 some of the buffers.
11686
11687 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11688
11689 The following commands help control operation :
11690
11691 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11692 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11693
11694 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11695 detailed description of this mode.
11696
11697
11698 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11699 | GDB Toolbar |
11700 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11701 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11702 | | |
11703 | | |
11704 | | |
11705 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11706 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11707 | | (comint-mode) |
11708 | | |
11709 | | |
11710 | | |
11711 | | |
11712 | | |
11713 | | |
11714 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11715 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11716 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11717 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11718 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11719 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11720
11721 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11722
11723 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11724 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11725
11726 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui" t)
11727
11728 ;;;***
11729 \f
11730 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11731 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17842
11732 ;;;;;; 54152))
11733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11734
11735 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11736 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11737 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11738 instead (which see).")
11739
11740 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11741 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11742
11743 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11744 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11745 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11746 documentation string instead.
11747
11748 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11749 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11750 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11751 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11752 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11753 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11754 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11755 enders are actually possible.
11756
11757 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11758 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11759
11760 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11761 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11762 `font-lock-keywords'.
11763
11764 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11765 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11766 runs the macro expansion.
11767
11768 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11769 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11770 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11771
11772 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11773
11774 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11775
11776 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11777 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11778
11779 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11780
11781 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11782 Enter generic mode MODE.
11783
11784 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11785 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11786 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11787
11788 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11789 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11790
11791 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11792
11793 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11794 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11795 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11796 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11797 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11798 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11799 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11800 `font-lock-keywords'.
11801
11802 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11803
11804 ;;;***
11805 \f
11806 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11807 ;;;;;; (17842 56333))
11808 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11809
11810 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11811 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11812 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11813 at places they belong to.
11814
11815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11816
11817 ;;;***
11818 \f
11819 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11820 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17934 27588))
11821 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11822
11823 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11824 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11825
11826 Guideline for numbers:
11827 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11828 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11829 inside loops.
11830
11831 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11832
11833 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11834 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11835 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11836
11837 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11838
11839 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11840 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11841
11842 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11843
11844 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11845 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11846
11847 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11848 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11849 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11850 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11851 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11852 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11853
11854 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11855 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11856 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11857 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11858 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11859
11860 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11861
11862 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11863
11864 ;;;***
11865 \f
11866 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11867 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17842 54741))
11868 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11869 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11870 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11871
11872 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11873 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11874
11875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11876
11877 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11878 Read network news.
11879 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11880 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11881 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11882 name of an NNTP server to use.
11883 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11884 server.
11885
11886 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11887
11888 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11889 Read news as a slave.
11890
11891 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11892
11893 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11894 Pop up a frame to read news.
11895 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11896 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11897 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11898 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11899 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11900 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11901 current display is used.
11902
11903 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11904
11905 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11906 Read network news.
11907 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11908 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11909 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11910
11911 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11912
11913 ;;;***
11914 \f
11915 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11916 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11917 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11918 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11919 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11920 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17842 54741))
11921 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11922
11923 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11924 Start Gnus unplugged.
11925
11926 \(fn)" t nil)
11927
11928 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11929 Start Gnus plugged.
11930
11931 \(fn)" t nil)
11932
11933 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11934 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11935
11936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11937
11938 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11939 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11940
11941 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11942 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11943 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11944
11945 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11946 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11947 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11948
11949 \(fn)" t nil)
11950
11951 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11952 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11953
11954 \(fn)" nil nil)
11955
11956 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11957 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11958 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11959 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11960 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11961 supported.
11962
11963 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11964
11965 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11966 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11967 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11968 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11969 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11970 supported.
11971
11972 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11973
11974 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11975 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11976
11977 \(fn)" nil nil)
11978
11979 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11980 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11981 downloaded into the agent.
11982
11983 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11984
11985 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11986 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11987 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11988 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11989
11990 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11991
11992 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11993 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11994
11995 \(fn)" t nil)
11996
11997 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11998 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11999
12000 \(fn)" t nil)
12001
12002 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
12003 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12004 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
12005
12006 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12007
12008 ;;;***
12009 \f
12010 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
12011 ;;;;;; (17960 49045))
12012 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12013
12014 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
12015 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12016
12017 \(fn)" nil nil)
12018
12019 ;;;***
12020 \f
12021 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
12022 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12023 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
12024
12025 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
12026 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
12027
12028 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12029
12030 ;;;***
12031 \f
12032 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
12033 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
12034 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17842
12035 ;;;;;; 54741))
12036 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12037
12038 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
12039 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12040
12041 Usage:
12042 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12043
12044 \(fn)" t nil)
12045
12046 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
12047 Generate the cache active file.
12048
12049 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12050
12051 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
12052 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12053
12054 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12055
12056 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12057 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12058 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12059 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12060 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12061 supported.
12062
12063 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12064
12065 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12066 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12067 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12068 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12069 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12070 supported.
12071
12072 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12073
12074 ;;;***
12075 \f
12076 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
12077 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17842 54741))
12078 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12079
12080 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
12081 Delay this article by some time.
12082 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12083
12084 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12085 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12086
12087 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12088 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12089
12090 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12091 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12092
12093 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12094
12095 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
12096 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12097
12098 \(fn)" t nil)
12099
12100 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
12101 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12102 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12103 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12104
12105 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12106 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12107
12108 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12109
12110 ;;;***
12111 \f
12112 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12113 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17992 30878))
12114 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12115
12116 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
12117 Not documented
12118
12119 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12120
12121 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
12122 Not documented
12123
12124 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12125
12126 ;;;***
12127 \f
12128 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12129 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12130 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12131
12132 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
12133 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12134
12135 \(fn)" nil nil)
12136
12137 ;;;***
12138 \f
12139 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12140 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12141 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12142
12143 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
12144 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12145
12146 \(fn)" t nil)
12147
12148 ;;;***
12149 \f
12150 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12151 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12152 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17842
12153 ;;;;;; 54741))
12154 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12155
12156 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12157 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12158
12159 \(fn)" t nil)
12160
12161 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
12162 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12163
12164 \(fn)" t nil)
12165
12166 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12167 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12168
12169 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12170
12171 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12172 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12173
12174 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12175
12176 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
12177 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12178 The PNG is returned as a string.
12179
12180 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12181
12182 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12183 Convert FILE to a Face.
12184 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12185 726 bytes.
12186
12187 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12188
12189 ;;;***
12190 \f
12191 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12192 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17842 54741))
12193 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12194
12195 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12196 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12197 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12198
12199 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12200
12201 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12202 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12203
12204 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12205
12206 ;;;***
12207 \f
12208 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12209 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12210 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12211
12212 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12213
12214 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12215 Run batched scoring.
12216 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12217
12218 \(fn)" t nil)
12219
12220 ;;;***
12221 \f
12222 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12223 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12224 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12225 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12226
12227 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12228 Not documented
12229
12230 \(fn)" nil nil)
12231
12232 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12233 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12234 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12235
12236 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12237
12238 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12239 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12240
12241 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12242
12243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12244
12245 ;;;***
12246 \f
12247 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12248 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12249 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12250 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12251
12252 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12253 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12254 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12255 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12256 group parameters.
12257
12258 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12259 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12260 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12261 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12262
12263 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12264 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12265 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12266 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12267 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12268 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12269 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12270 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12271 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12272 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12273
12274 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12275
12276 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12277 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12278 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12279 nil CATCH-ALL).
12280
12281 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12282 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12283
12284 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12285
12286 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12287 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12288 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12289
12290 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12291
12292 \(fn)" nil nil)
12293
12294 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12295 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12296 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12297
12298 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12299
12300 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12301 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12302 existing groups are considered.
12303
12304 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12305 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12306 returned.
12307
12308 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12309 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12310 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12311 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12312 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12313 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12314 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12315 clauses will be generated.
12316
12317 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12318 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12319 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12320 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12321 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12322 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12323
12324 For example, given the following group parameters:
12325
12326 nnml:mail.bar:
12327 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12328 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12329 nnml:mail.foo:
12330 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12331 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12332 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12333 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12334 nnml:mail.others:
12335 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12336
12337 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12338
12339 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12340 \"mail.bar\")
12341 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12342 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12343 \"mail.others\")
12344
12345 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12346
12347 ;;;***
12348 \f
12349 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12350 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12351 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12352
12353 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12354 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12355 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12356
12357 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12358
12359 ;;;***
12360 \f
12361 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12362 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17949 41467))
12363 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12364
12365 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12366 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12367 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12368 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12369
12370 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12371
12372 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12373 Mail to ADDRESS.
12374
12375 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12376
12377 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12378 Like `message-reply'.
12379
12380 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12381
12382 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12383
12384 ;;;***
12385 \f
12386 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12387 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17842 54741))
12388 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12389
12390 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12391 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12392
12393 \(fn)" t nil)
12394
12395 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12396 Load the NoCeM cache.
12397
12398 \(fn)" t nil)
12399
12400 ;;;***
12401 \f
12402 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12403 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12404 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12405 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12406
12407 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12408 Display picons in the From header.
12409 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12410
12411 \(fn)" t nil)
12412
12413 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12414 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12415 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12416
12417 \(fn)" t nil)
12418
12419 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12420 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12421 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12422
12423 \(fn)" t nil)
12424
12425 ;;;***
12426 \f
12427 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12428 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12429 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12430 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12431 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17842 54741))
12432 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12433
12434 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12435 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12436 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12437 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12438
12439 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12440
12441 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12442 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12443 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12444 LIST1 is modified.
12445
12446 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12447
12448 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12449 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12450 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12451
12452 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12453
12454 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12455 Not documented
12456
12457 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12458
12459 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12460 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12461 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12462
12463 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12464
12465 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12466 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12467 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12468
12469 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12470
12471 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12472
12473 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12474 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12475 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12476
12477 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12478
12479 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12480 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12481 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12482
12483 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12484
12485 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12486 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12487 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12488
12489 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12490
12491 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12492 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12493
12494 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12495
12496 ;;;***
12497 \f
12498 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12499 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17934 27588))
12500 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12501
12502 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12503 Not documented
12504
12505 \(fn)" t nil)
12506
12507 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12508 Install the registry hooks.
12509
12510 \(fn)" t nil)
12511
12512 ;;;***
12513 \f
12514 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12515 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17842
12516 ;;;;;; 54741))
12517 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12518
12519 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12520 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12521 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12522 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12523 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12524 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12525
12526 \(fn)" t nil)
12527
12528 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12529 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12530 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12531 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12532 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12533
12534 \(fn)" t nil)
12535
12536 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12537 Not documented
12538
12539 \(fn)" t nil)
12540
12541 ;;;***
12542 \f
12543 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12544 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12545 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12546
12547 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12548 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12549 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12550 for matching on group names.
12551
12552 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12553 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12554
12555 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12556
12557 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12558
12559 \(fn)" t nil)
12560
12561 ;;;***
12562 \f
12563 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12564 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12565 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12566
12567 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12568 Update the format specification near point.
12569
12570 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12571
12572 ;;;***
12573 \f
12574 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12575 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17842
12576 ;;;;;; 54741))
12577 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12578
12579 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12580 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12581
12582 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12583
12584 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12585 Not documented
12586
12587 \(fn)" nil nil)
12588
12589 ;;;***
12590 \f
12591 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12592 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
12593 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12594
12595 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12596 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12597
12598 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12599
12600 ;;;***
12601 \f
12602 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17941 38806))
12603 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12604
12605 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12606 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12607
12608 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12609 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12610 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12611
12612 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12613 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12614 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12615
12616 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12617 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12618
12619 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12620 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12621
12622 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12623
12624 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12625
12626 ;;;***
12627 \f
12628 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12629 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17842 55218))
12630 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12631
12632 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12633
12634 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12635 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12636 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12637 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12638 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12639
12640 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12641
12642 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12643 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12644 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12645 or to send e-mail.
12646 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12647 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12648
12649 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12650 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12651
12652 \(fn)" t nil)
12653 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12654
12655 ;;;***
12656 \f
12657 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12658 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12659 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17944 20144))
12660 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12661
12662 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12663 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12664
12665 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep" t)
12666
12667 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12668 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12669 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12670 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12671 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12672
12673 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12674 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12675
12676 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep" t)
12677
12678 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12679 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12680 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12681 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12682
12683 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep" t)
12684
12685 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12686 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12687
12688 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep" t)
12689
12690 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12691 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12692
12693 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12694 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12695 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12696
12697 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12698 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12699 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12700
12701 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12702 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12703 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12704 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12705 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12706
12707 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12708
12709 (defvar grep-history nil)
12710
12711 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12712
12713 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12714 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12715 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12716
12717 \(fn)" nil nil)
12718
12719 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12720 Not documented
12721
12722 \(fn)" nil nil)
12723
12724 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12725 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12726
12727 \(fn)" nil nil)
12728
12729 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12730 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12731 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12732 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12733 where grep found matches.
12734
12735 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12736 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12737
12738 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12739 easily repeat a grep command.
12740
12741 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12742 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12743 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12744 if that history list is empty).
12745
12746 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12747
12748 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12749 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12750 Collect output in a buffer.
12751 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12752 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12753
12754 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12755 easily repeat a find command.
12756
12757 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12758
12759 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12760
12761 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12762 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12763 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12764 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12765 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12766
12767 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12768 before it is executed.
12769 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12770
12771 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12772 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12773 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12774
12775 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12776
12777 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12778
12779 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12780 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12781 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12782 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12783 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12784
12785 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12786 before it is executed.
12787 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12788
12789 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12790 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12791 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12792
12793 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12794
12795 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12796
12797 ;;;***
12798 \f
12799 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17842 58279))
12800 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12801
12802 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12803 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12804 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12805 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12806 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12807
12808 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12809
12810 ;;;***
12811 \f
12812 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb)
12813 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17992 30878))
12814 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12815
12816 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12817 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12818 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12819 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12820 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12821 `gdba' for more information.
12822
12823 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
12824 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
12825 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
12826 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
12827 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
12828 session.
12829
12830 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12831
12832 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12833 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12834 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12835 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12836
12837 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12838
12839 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12840 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12841 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12842 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12843
12844 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12845
12846 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12847 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12848 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12849 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12850
12851 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12852 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12853
12854 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12855
12856 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12857 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12858 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12859 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12860
12861 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12862
12863 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12864 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12865 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12866 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12867
12868 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12869
12870 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12871 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12872 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12873 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12874 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12875
12876 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12877 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12878 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12879 original source file access method.
12880
12881 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12882 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12883
12884 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12885 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12886
12887 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12888
12889 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12890 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12891
12892 \(fn)" t nil)
12893
12894 ;;;***
12895 \f
12896 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17842
12897 ;;;;;; 55395))
12898 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12899
12900 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12901 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12902 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12903 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12904
12905 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12906 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12907 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12908 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12909
12910 \(fn)" t nil)
12911
12912 ;;;***
12913 \f
12914 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12915 ;;;;;; (17742 40275))
12916 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12917
12918 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12919 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12920
12921 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12922
12923 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12924 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12925 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12926 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12927
12928 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12929
12930 \(fn)" t nil)
12931
12932 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12933 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12934 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12935 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12936 to be updated.
12937
12938 \(fn)" t nil)
12939
12940 ;;;***
12941 \f
12942 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12943 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12944 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12945 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17842 58279))
12946 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12947
12948 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12949 Return the help-echo string at point.
12950 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12951 property, or nil, is returned.
12952 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12953 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12954 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12955
12956 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12957
12958 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12959 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12960 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12961 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12962 this produces no string either, return nil.
12963
12964 \(fn)" nil nil)
12965
12966 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12967 Display local help in the echo area.
12968 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12969 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12970 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12971 printed instead.
12972
12973 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12974 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12975 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12976
12977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12978
12979 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12980 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12981 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12982
12983 \(fn)" t nil)
12984
12985 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12986 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12987 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12988
12989 \(fn)" t nil)
12990
12991 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12992 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12993 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12994 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12995 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12996 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12997 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12998 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12999 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13000 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13001 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13002
13003 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13004 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13005 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13006 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13007 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13008
13009 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13010 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13011 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13012 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13013 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13014 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13015 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13016 The default is `never'.")
13017
13018 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt" nil)
13019
13020 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13021 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13022 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13023 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13024 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13025 considered different regions.
13026
13027 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13028 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13029 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13030 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13031 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13032 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13033 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13034 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13035 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13036
13037 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13038
13039 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13040 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13041 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13042 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13043 different regions.
13044
13045 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13046 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13047 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13048 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13049 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13050 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13051 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13052 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13053
13054 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13055 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13056 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13057 rarely happens in practice.
13058
13059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13060
13061 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13062 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13063 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13064 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13065 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13066 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13067
13068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13069
13070 ;;;***
13071 \f
13072 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13073 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13074 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
13075 ;;;;;; (17845 46651))
13076 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13077
13078 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
13079 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13080
13081 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13082
13083 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13084 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13085 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13086
13087 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13088
13089 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13090 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13091
13092 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13093
13094 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
13095 Not documented
13096
13097 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13098
13099 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
13100 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13101 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13102 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13103
13104 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13105
13106 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
13107 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13108 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13109 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
13110 it is displayed along with the global value.
13111
13112 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13113
13114 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
13115 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13116 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13117 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13118
13119 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13120
13121 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
13122 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13123 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13124 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13125 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13126
13127 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13128
13129 ;;;***
13130 \f
13131 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13132 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
13133 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13134
13135 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13136 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13137 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13138 and window listing and describing the options.
13139 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13140 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13141
13142 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro" t)
13143
13144 ;;;***
13145 \f
13146 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13147 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13148 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17842 58279))
13149 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13150
13151 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
13152 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13153 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13154 Commands:
13155 \\{help-mode-map}
13156
13157 \(fn)" t nil)
13158
13159 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
13160 Not documented
13161
13162 \(fn)" nil nil)
13163
13164 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13165 Not documented
13166
13167 \(fn)" nil nil)
13168
13169 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13170 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13171
13172 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13173 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13174 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13175 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13176
13177 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13178 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13179 restore it properly when going back.
13180
13181 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13182
13183 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13184 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13185
13186 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13187 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13188 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13189 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13190 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13191 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13192 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13193 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13194
13195 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13196 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13197 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13198 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13199
13200 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13201 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13202 that.
13203
13204 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13205
13206 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13207 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13208 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13209 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13210 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13211 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13212
13213 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13214
13215 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13216 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13217 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13218 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13219 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13220
13221 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13222
13223 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13224 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13225
13226 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13227
13228 ;;;***
13229 \f
13230 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13231 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17842 54152))
13232 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13233
13234 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13235 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13236
13237 \(fn)" t nil)
13238
13239 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13240 Provide help for current mode.
13241
13242 \(fn)" t nil)
13243
13244 ;;;***
13245 \f
13246 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13247 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17844 53657))
13248 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13249
13250 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13251 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13252 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13253 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13254 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13255
13256 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13257 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13258
13259 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13260 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13261 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13262 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13263
13264 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13265 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13266 periods.
13267
13268 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13269 in hexl format.
13270
13271 A sample format:
13272
13273 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13274 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13275 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13276 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13277 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13278 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13279 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13280 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13281 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13282 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13283 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13284 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13285 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13286 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13287 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13288
13289 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13290 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13291 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13292
13293 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13294 also supported.
13295
13296 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13297
13298 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13299 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13300 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13301
13302 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13303 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13304 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13305
13306 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13307 into the buffer at the current point.
13308
13309 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13310 into the buffer at the current point.
13311
13312 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13313 into the buffer at the current point.
13314
13315 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13316
13317 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13318 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13319
13320 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13321
13322 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13323
13324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13325
13326 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13327 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13328 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13329 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13330
13331 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13332
13333 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13334 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13335 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13336
13337 \(fn)" t nil)
13338
13339 ;;;***
13340 \f
13341 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13342 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13343 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13344 ;;;;;; (17992 30877))
13345 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13346
13347 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13348 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13349
13350 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13351 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13352 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13353 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13354 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13355 called interactively, are:
13356
13357 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13358 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13359
13360 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13361 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13362 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13363 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13364
13365 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13366 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13367
13368 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13369 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13370
13371 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13372 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13373 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13374 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13375 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13376 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13377 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy is
13378 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13379 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13380 function returns t.
13381
13382 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13383 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13384
13385 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13386 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13387 form:
13388 Hi-lock: FOO
13389 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13390 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13391 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13392 Patterns will be read until
13393 Hi-lock: end
13394 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13395
13396 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13397
13398 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13399 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13400 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13401 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13402 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13403 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13404
13405 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" nil)
13406
13407 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13408 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13409 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13410 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13411 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13412
13413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13414
13415 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13416
13417 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13418 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13419
13420 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13421 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13422 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13423 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13424
13425 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13426
13427 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13428
13429 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13430 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13431
13432 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13433 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13434 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13435 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13436
13437 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13438
13439 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13440
13441 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13442 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13443
13444 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13445 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13446
13447 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13448
13449 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13450
13451 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13452 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13453
13454 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13455 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13456 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13457 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13458 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13459
13460 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13461
13462 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13463 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13464
13465 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13466 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13467 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13468
13469 \(fn)" t nil)
13470
13471 ;;;***
13472 \f
13473 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13474 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17842 56333))
13475 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13476
13477 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13478 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13479 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13480 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13481 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13482 how the hiding is done:
13483
13484 `hide-ifdef-env'
13485 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13486 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13487 is used.
13488
13489 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13490 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13491 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13492 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13493 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13494
13495 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13496 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13497 #endif lines when hiding.
13498
13499 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13500 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13501 is activated.
13502
13503 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13504 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13505 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13506
13507 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13508
13509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13510
13511 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13512 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13513
13514 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif" t)
13515
13516 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13517 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13518
13519 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif" t)
13520
13521 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13522 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13523
13524 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif" t)
13525
13526 ;;;***
13527 \f
13528 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13529 ;;;;;; (17934 43341))
13530 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13531
13532 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13533 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13534 Each element has the form
13535 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13536
13537 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13538 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13539
13540 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13541 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13542
13543 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13544 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13545 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13546 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13547 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13548 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13549
13550 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13551 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13552
13553 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13554 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13555
13556 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13557 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13558 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13559
13560 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13561 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13562 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13563 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13564 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13565 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13566
13567 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13568 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13569 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13570
13571 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13572 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13573
13574 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13575
13576 Key bindings:
13577 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13578
13579 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13580
13581 (autoload (quote turn-off-hideshow) "hideshow" "\
13582 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13583
13584 \(fn)" nil nil)
13585
13586 ;;;***
13587 \f
13588 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13589 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13590 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13591 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13592 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17842 58279))
13593 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13594
13595 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13596 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13597 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13598
13599 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13600
13601 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13602 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13603
13604 Without an argument:
13605 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13606 or passive state as determined by the variable
13607 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13608 and passive state.
13609
13610 With an argument ARG:
13611 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13612 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13613 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13614
13615 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13616 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13617 not displayed in a different face.
13618
13619 Functions:
13620 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13621 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13622 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13623 buffer with the contents of a file
13624 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13625 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13626 various faces
13627
13628 Hook variables:
13629 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13630 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13631 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13632
13633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13634
13635 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13636 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13637
13638 \(fn)" t nil)
13639
13640 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13641 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13642
13643 \(fn)" t nil)
13644
13645 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13646 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13647
13648 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13649 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13650 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13651 shown in the last face in the list.
13652
13653 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13654 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13655 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13656
13657 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13658
13659 \(fn)" t nil)
13660
13661 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13662 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13663
13664 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13665
13666 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13667 to save the file.
13668
13669 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13670 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13671
13672 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13673 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13674 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13675
13676 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13677
13678 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13679 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13680
13681 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13682 this function is called interactively.
13683
13684 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13685 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13686 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13687
13688 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13689 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13690 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13691
13692 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13693
13694 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13695 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13696
13697 When called interactively:
13698 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13699 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13700 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13701 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13702
13703 When called from a program:
13704 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13705 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13706 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13707 - otherwise just turn it on
13708
13709 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13710 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13711 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13712 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13713
13714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13715
13716 ;;;***
13717 \f
13718 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13719 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13720 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13721 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13722 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17842 58279))
13723 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13724
13725 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13726 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13727 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13728 or insert functions in this list.")
13729
13730 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" t)
13731
13732 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13733 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13734
13735 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" t)
13736
13737 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13738 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13739
13740 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp" t)
13741
13742 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13743 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13744
13745 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp" t)
13746
13747 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13748 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13749
13750 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp" t)
13751
13752 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13753 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13754 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13755
13756 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13757
13758 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13759 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13760 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13761 \(as atoms)")
13762
13763 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13764
13765 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13766 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13767 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13768 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13769 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13770
13771 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13772
13773 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13774 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13775 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13776 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13777 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13778 expansions.
13779 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13780 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13781 undoes the expansion.
13782
13783 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13784
13785 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13786 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13787 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13788 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13789
13790 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13791
13792 ;;;***
13793 \f
13794 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13795 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
13796 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13797
13798 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13799 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13800 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13801
13802 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13803 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13804 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13805 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13806 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13807
13808 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13809 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13810 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13811 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13812
13813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13814
13815 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13816 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13817 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13818 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13819 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13820 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13821
13822 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" nil)
13823
13824 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13825 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13826 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13827
13828 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13829 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13830
13831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13832
13833 ;;;***
13834 \f
13835 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13836 ;;;;;; (17956 13479))
13837 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13838
13839 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13840 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13841 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13842
13843 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13844
13845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13846
13847 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13848 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13849
13850 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13851 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13852 different list. For example,
13853
13854 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13855 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13856
13857 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13858 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13859
13860 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13861 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13862 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13863 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13864 of a holiday list.
13865
13866 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13867
13868 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13869
13870 ;;;***
13871 \f
13872 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17842
13873 ;;;;;; 54741))
13874 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13875
13876 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13877 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13878
13879 \(fn)" t nil)
13880
13881 ;;;***
13882 \f
13883 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13884 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13885 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13886 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13887 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13888 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13889 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13890 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13891 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13892 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13893 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13894 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13895 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13896 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13897 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13898 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13899 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13900 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13901 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13902 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13903 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13904 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13905 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17842 58279))
13906 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13907
13908 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13909 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13910 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13911
13912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13913
13914 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13915 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13916
13917 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13918
13919 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13920 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13921
13922 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13923
13924 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13925 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13926
13927 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13928
13929 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13930 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13931
13932 \(fn)" t nil)
13933
13934 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13935 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13936
13937 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13938
13939 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13940 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13941
13942 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13943 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13944 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13945 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13946 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13947 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13948 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13949 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13950 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13951 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13952 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13953 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13954
13955 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13956 Not documented
13957
13958 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13959
13960 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13961 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13962
13963 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13964
13965 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13966 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13967
13968 \(fn)" t nil)
13969
13970 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13971 Remove the first filter group.
13972
13973 \(fn)" t nil)
13974
13975 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13976 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13977
13978 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13979
13980 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13981 Remove all filter groups.
13982
13983 \(fn)" t nil)
13984
13985 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13986 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13987
13988 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13989
13990 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13991 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13992 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13993
13994 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13995
13996 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13997 Kill the filter group at point.
13998 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13999
14000 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
14001
14002 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
14003 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
14004
14005 \(fn)" t nil)
14006
14007 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14008 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
14009
14010 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14011
14012 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14013 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
14014 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
14015 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14016
14017 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
14018
14019 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14020 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14021 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14022
14023 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14024
14025 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14026 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14027 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
14028 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14029 of replacing the current filters.
14030
14031 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14032
14033 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
14034 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14035
14036 \(fn)" t nil)
14037
14038 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14039 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14040
14041 \(fn)" t nil)
14042
14043 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14044 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14045
14046 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14047 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14048 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14049
14050 \(fn)" t nil)
14051
14052 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14053 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14054
14055 \(fn)" t nil)
14056
14057 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14058 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14059
14060 \(fn)" t nil)
14061
14062 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14063 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14064 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14065 filter into parts.
14066
14067 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14068
14069 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14070 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14071 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14072
14073 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14074
14075 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14076 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14077
14078 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14079
14080 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14081 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14082
14083 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14084
14085 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14086 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14087 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14088 of replacing the current filters.
14089
14090 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14091 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14092 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14093 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14094 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14095 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14096 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14097 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14098 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14099
14100 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14101 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14102 Default sorting modes are:
14103 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14104 Name - the name of the buffer
14105 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14106 Size - the size of the buffer
14107
14108 \(fn)" t nil)
14109
14110 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
14111 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14112
14113 \(fn)" t nil)
14114 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14115 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14116 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14117 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14118
14119 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14120 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14121
14122 \(fn)" t nil)
14123
14124 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
14125 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14126 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14127 for this Ibuffer session.
14128
14129 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14130
14131 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14132 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14133 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14134 for this Ibuffer session.
14135
14136 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14137
14138 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14139 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14140
14141 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14142 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14143
14144 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14145 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14146
14147 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14148
14149 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14150 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14151
14152 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14153 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14154
14155 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14156
14157 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14158 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14159
14160 \(fn)" t nil)
14161
14162 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14163 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14164
14165 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14166 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14167 hidden group filter, open it.
14168
14169 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14170 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14171 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14172
14173 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14174
14175 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14176 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14177 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14178
14179 \(fn)" t nil)
14180
14181 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14182 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14183
14184 The names are separated by a space.
14185 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14186
14187 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14188 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14189 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14190 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14191
14192 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14193
14194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14195
14196 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14197 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14198
14199 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14200
14201 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14202 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14203
14204 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14205
14206 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14207 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14208
14209 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14210
14211 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14212 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14213
14214 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14215
14216 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14217 Mark all modified buffers.
14218
14219 \(fn)" t nil)
14220
14221 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14222 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14223
14224 \(fn)" t nil)
14225
14226 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14227 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14228
14229 \(fn)" t nil)
14230
14231 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14232 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14233
14234 \(fn)" t nil)
14235
14236 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14237 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14238
14239 \(fn)" t nil)
14240
14241 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14242 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14243
14244 \(fn)" t nil)
14245
14246 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14247 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14248
14249 \(fn)" t nil)
14250
14251 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14252 Mark all read-only buffers.
14253
14254 \(fn)" t nil)
14255
14256 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14257 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14258
14259 \(fn)" t nil)
14260
14261 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14262 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14263 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14264 defaults to one.
14265
14266 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14267
14268 ;;;***
14269 \f
14270 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14271 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17842
14272 ;;;;;; 58279))
14273 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14274
14275 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14276 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14277
14278 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14279 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14280 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14281
14282 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14283 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14284 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14285 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14286 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14287 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14288
14289 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14290 title of the column.
14291
14292 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14293 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14294 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14295 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14296 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14297
14298 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14299
14300 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14301 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14302 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14303 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14304 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14305
14306 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14307 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14308 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14309
14310 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14311
14312 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14313 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14314 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14315 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14316 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14317 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14318
14319 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14320 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14321 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14322 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14323 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14324 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14325 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14326 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14327 values are:
14328 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14329 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14330 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14331 buffer's modification flag.
14332 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14333 prompted before performing this operation.
14334 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14335 operation is complete, in the form:
14336 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14337 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14338 confirmation message, in the form:
14339 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14340 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14341 macro for exactly what it does.
14342
14343 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14344
14345 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14346 Define a filter named NAME.
14347 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14348 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14349 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14350
14351 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14352 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14353 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14354 bound to the current value of the filter.
14355
14356 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14357
14358 ;;;***
14359 \f
14360 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14361 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17842 58279))
14362 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14363
14364 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14365 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14366 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14367 buffers which are visiting a file.
14368
14369 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14370
14371 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14372 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14373 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14374 buffers which are visiting a file.
14375
14376 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14377
14378 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14379 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14380 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14381
14382 All arguments are optional.
14383 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14384 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14385 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14386 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14387 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14388 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14389 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14390 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14391 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14392 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14393 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14394 that value locally in this buffer.
14395
14396 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14397
14398 ;;;***
14399 \f
14400 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14401 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14402 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17921 16827))
14403 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14404
14405 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14406 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14407 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14408 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14409
14410 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14411
14412 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14413 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14414 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14415 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14416 ICAL-FILENAME.
14417 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14418 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14419 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14420
14421 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14422
14423 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14424 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14425 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14426 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14427 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14428 non-marking or not.
14429
14430 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14431
14432 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14433 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14434
14435 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14436 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14437 DIARY-FILE.
14438
14439 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14440 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14441 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14442
14443 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14444 non-marking.
14445
14446 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14447 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14448 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14449
14450 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14451
14452 ;;;***
14453 \f
14454 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17907
14455 ;;;;;; 1407))
14456 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14457
14458 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14459 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14460 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14461 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14462 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14463 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14464
14465 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" nil)
14466
14467 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14468 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14469 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14470
14471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14472
14473 ;;;***
14474 \f
14475 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17842 56333))
14476 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14477
14478 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14479 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14480 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14481 Tab indents for Icon code.
14482 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14483 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14484 \\{icon-mode-map}
14485 Variables controlling indentation style:
14486 icon-tab-always-indent
14487 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14488 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14489 icon-auto-newline
14490 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14491 inserted in Icon code.
14492 icon-indent-level
14493 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14494 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14495 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14496 icon-continued-statement-offset
14497 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14498 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14499 icon-continued-brace-offset
14500 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14501 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14502 icon-brace-offset
14503 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14504 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14505 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14506 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14507
14508 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14509 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14510
14511 \(fn)" t nil)
14512
14513 ;;;***
14514 \f
14515 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14516 ;;;;;; (17965 23638))
14517 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14518
14519 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14520 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14521 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14522 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14523
14524 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14525 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14526 separate frames.
14527
14528 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14529 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14530
14531 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14532 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14533 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14534
14535 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14536
14537 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14538
14539 ;;;***
14540 \f
14541 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14542 ;;;;;; (17992 30878))
14543 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14544
14545 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14546 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14547
14548 The main features of this mode are
14549
14550 1. Indentation and Formatting
14551 --------------------------
14552 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14553 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14554
14555 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14556 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14557 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14558 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14559
14560 Comments are indented as follows:
14561
14562 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14563 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14564 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14565
14566 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14567
14568 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14569 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14570 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14571 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14572 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14573 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14574
14575 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14576 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14577 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14578 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14579
14580 2. Routine Info
14581 ------------
14582 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14583 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14584 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14585 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14586 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14587 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14588 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14589 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14590 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14591 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14592
14593 3. Online IDL Help
14594 ---------------
14595
14596 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14597 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14598 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14599 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14600
14601 4. Completion
14602 ----------
14603 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14604 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14605 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14606 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14607 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14608 upper case.
14609
14610 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14611 --------------------------------
14612 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14613 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14614
14615 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14616 \\fu FUNCTION template
14617 \\c CASE statement template
14618 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14619 \\f FOR loop template
14620 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14621 \\w WHILE loop template
14622 \\i IF statement template
14623 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14624 \\b BEGIN
14625
14626 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14627 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14628
14629 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14630 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14631 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14632 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14633
14634 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14635 -------------------------
14636 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14637 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14638
14639 7. Automatic END completion
14640 ------------------------
14641 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14642 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14643
14644 8. Hooks
14645 -----
14646 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14647 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14648
14649 9. Documentation and Customization
14650 -------------------------------
14651 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14652 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14653 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14654 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14655 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14656
14657 10.Keybindings
14658 -----------
14659 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14660 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14661 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14662
14663 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14664
14665 \(fn)" t nil)
14666 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14667
14668 ;;;***
14669 \f
14670 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14671 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14672 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14673 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14674 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14675 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14676 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14677 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17963
14678 ;;;;;; 25911))
14679 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14680
14681 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14682 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14683 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14684 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14685 displaying...)
14686 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14687 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14688 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14689
14690 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14691 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14692
14693 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" nil)
14694
14695 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14696 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14697 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14698 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14699 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14700 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14701 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14702 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14703 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14704
14705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14706
14707 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14708 Switch to another buffer.
14709 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14710 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14711 in another frame.
14712
14713 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14714 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14715 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14716 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14717 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14718
14719 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14720 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14721
14722 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14723 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14724
14725 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14726 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14727 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14728 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14729 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14730 in a separate window.
14731 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14732 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14733 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14734 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14735 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14736 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14737 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14738 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14739 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14740
14741 \(fn)" t nil)
14742
14743 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14744 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14745 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14746 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14747
14748 \(fn)" t nil)
14749
14750 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14751 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14752 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14753 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14754
14755 \(fn)" t nil)
14756
14757 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14758 Kill a buffer.
14759 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14760 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14761
14762 \(fn)" t nil)
14763
14764 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14765 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14766 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14767 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14768
14769 \(fn)" t nil)
14770
14771 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14772 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14773 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14774 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14775
14776 \(fn)" t nil)
14777
14778 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14779 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14780
14781 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14782
14783 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14784 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14785 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14786 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14787 visible in another frame.
14788
14789 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14790 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14791 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14792 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14793 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14794 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14795
14796 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14797 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14798
14799 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14800 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14801
14802 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14803 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14804 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14805 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14806 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14807 in a separate window.
14808 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14809 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14810 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14811 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14812 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14813 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14814 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14815 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14816 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14817 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14818 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14819 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14820 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14821 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14822 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14823
14824 \(fn)" t nil)
14825
14826 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14827 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14828 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14829 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14830
14831 \(fn)" t nil)
14832
14833 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14834 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14835 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14836 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14837
14838 \(fn)" t nil)
14839
14840 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14841 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14842 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14843 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14844
14845 \(fn)" t nil)
14846
14847 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14848 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14849 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14850 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14851
14852 \(fn)" t nil)
14853
14854 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14855 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14856 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14857 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14858
14859 \(fn)" t nil)
14860
14861 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14862 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14863 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14864 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14865
14866 \(fn)" t nil)
14867
14868 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14869 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14870 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14871 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14872
14873 \(fn)" t nil)
14874
14875 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14876 Write current buffer to a file.
14877 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14878 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14879
14880 \(fn)" t nil)
14881
14882 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14883 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14884 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14885 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14886
14887 \(fn)" t nil)
14888
14889 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14890 Call `dired' the ido way.
14891 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14892 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14893
14894 \(fn)" t nil)
14895
14896 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14897 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14898 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14899 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14900 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14901 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14902
14903 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14904
14905 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14906 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14907 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14908 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14909
14910 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14911
14912 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14913 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14914 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14915 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14916
14917 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14918
14919 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14920 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14921 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14922 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14923 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14924 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14925 with `completing-read'.
14926 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14927 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14928 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14929 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14930 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14931 with point positioned at the end.
14932 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14933 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14934
14935 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14936
14937 ;;;***
14938 \f
14939 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17842 58279))
14940 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14941 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14942
14943 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14944 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14945 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14946
14947 \(fn)" t nil)
14948
14949 ;;;***
14950 \f
14951 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14952 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
14953 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14954
14955 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14956 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14957
14958 \(fn)" t nil)
14959
14960 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14961 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14962
14963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14964
14965 ;;;***
14966 \f
14967 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14968 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14969 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14970 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14971 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (17868 42568))
14972 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14973
14974 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14975 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14976 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14977 be determined.
14978
14979 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14980
14981 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14982 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14983 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14984 be determined.
14985
14986 \(fn)" nil nil)
14987
14988 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14989 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14990 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14991 be determined.
14992
14993 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14994
14995 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14996 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14997 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14998 be determined.
14999
15000 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15001
15002 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
15003 Determine and return image type.
15004 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15005 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15006 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15007 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15008 use its file extension as image type.
15009 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15010
15011 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15012
15013 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
15014 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15015 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15016
15017 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15018
15019 (autoload (quote image-type-auto-detected-p) "image" "\
15020 Return t iff the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15021 This function is intended to be used from `magic-mode-alist' (which see).
15022
15023 First, compare the beginning of the buffer with `image-type-header-regexps'.
15024 If an appropriate image type is found, check if that image type can be
15025 autodetected using the variable `image-type-auto-detectable'. Finally,
15026 if `buffer-file-name' is non-nil, check if it matches another major mode
15027 in `auto-mode-alist' apart from `image-mode'; if there is another match,
15028 the autodetection is considered to have failed. Return t if all the above
15029 steps succeed.
15030
15031 \(fn)" nil nil)
15032
15033 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
15034 Create an image.
15035 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15036 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15037 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15038 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15039 use its file extension as image type.
15040 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15041 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15042 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15043 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15044
15045 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15046
15047 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15048
15049 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
15050 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15051 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15052 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15053 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15054 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15055 POS may be an integer or marker.
15056 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15057 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15058 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15059 means display it in the right marginal area.
15060
15061 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15062
15063 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
15064 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15065 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15066 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15067 defaulted if you omit it.
15068 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15069 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15070 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15071 means display it in the right marginal area.
15072 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15073 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15074 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15075 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15076 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15077
15078 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15079
15080 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
15081 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15082 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15083 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15084 defaulted if you omit it.
15085 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15086 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15087 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15088 means display it in the right marginal area.
15089 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15090
15091 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15092
15093 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
15094 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15095 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15096 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15097
15098 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15099
15100 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
15101 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15102
15103 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15104
15105 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15106 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15107 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15108 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15109 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15110 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15111 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15112 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15113 satisfied.
15114
15115 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15116
15117 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15118
15119 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15120
15121 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
15122 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15123
15124 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15125 documentation string.
15126
15127 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15128 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15129 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15130 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15131 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15132 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15133 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15134 define SYMBOL.
15135
15136 Example:
15137
15138 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15139 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15140
15141 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15142
15143 ;;;***
15144 \f
15145 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15146 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15147 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15148 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15149 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15150 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15151 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15152 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (17992 30877))
15153 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15154
15155 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "image-dired" "\
15156 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15157
15158 \(fn)" t nil)
15159
15160 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration) "image-dired" "\
15161 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15162
15163 Convenience command that:
15164
15165 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15166 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15167 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15168
15169 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15170 image files in dired and type
15171 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15172
15173 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15174
15175 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15176 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15177
15178 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15179
15180 (autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumbs) "image-dired" "\
15181 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15182 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15183 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15184 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15185 another one).
15186
15187 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15188 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15189 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15190
15191 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15192 instead of erasing it first.
15193
15194 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15195 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15196 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15197 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15198 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15199 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15200
15201 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15202
15203 (autoload (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir) "image-dired" "\
15204 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15205 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15206 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15207 displayed.
15208
15209 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15210
15211 (defalias (quote image-dired) (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir))
15212
15213 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir))
15214
15215 (autoload (quote image-dired-tag-files) "image-dired" "\
15216 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15217
15218 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15219
15220 (autoload (quote image-dired-delete-tag) "image-dired" "\
15221 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15222 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15223
15224 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15225
15226 (autoload (quote image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "image-dired" "\
15227 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15228
15229 \(fn)" t nil)
15230
15231 (autoload (quote image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings) "image-dired" "\
15232 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15233 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15234 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15235
15236 \(fn)" t nil)
15237
15238 (autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumbs-append) "image-dired" "\
15239 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15240
15241 \(fn)" t nil)
15242
15243 (autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumb) "image-dired" "\
15244 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15245
15246 \(fn)" t nil)
15247
15248 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-display-external) "image-dired" "\
15249 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15250
15251 \(fn)" t nil)
15252
15253 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-display-image) "image-dired" "\
15254 Display current image file.
15255 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15256 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15257
15258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15259
15260 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-comment-files) "image-dired" "\
15261 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15262
15263 \(fn)" t nil)
15264
15265 (autoload (quote image-dired-mark-tagged-files) "image-dired" "\
15266 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15267 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15268 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15269 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15270 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15271 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
15272
15273 \(fn)" t nil)
15274
15275 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags) "image-dired" "\
15276 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15277 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15278 easy-to-use form.
15279
15280 \(fn)" t nil)
15281
15282 ;;;***
15283 \f
15284 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15285 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15286 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17842 58279))
15287 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15288
15289 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
15290 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15291 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15292 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15293
15294 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15295 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15296 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15297 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15298
15299 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" nil)
15300
15301 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15302 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15303 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15304 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15305
15306 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15307 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15308 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15309 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15310
15311 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file" nil)
15312
15313 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15314 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15315
15316 \(fn)" nil nil)
15317
15318 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15319 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15320 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15321 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15322
15323 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15324
15325 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15326 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15327 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15328 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15329 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15330 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15331
15332 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" nil)
15333
15334 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15335 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15336 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15337 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15338
15339 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15340 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15341 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15342
15343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15344
15345 ;;;***
15346 \f
15347 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15348 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17868 42581))
15349 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15350 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15351 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15352 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15353 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15354 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15355 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15356
15357 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15358 Major mode for image files.
15359 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15360 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15361
15362 \(fn)" t nil)
15363
15364 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15365 Toggle Image minor mode.
15366 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15367 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15368
15369 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15370
15371 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15372 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15373 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15374 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15375 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15376 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15377
15378 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15379 information on these modes.
15380
15381 \(fn)" t nil)
15382
15383 ;;;***
15384 \f
15385 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15386 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17842 58279))
15387 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15388
15389 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15390 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15391
15392 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15393
15394 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15395 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15396 in the buffer.
15397
15398 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15399
15400 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15401 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15402 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15403
15404 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu" t)
15405
15406 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15407 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15408
15409 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15410 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15411 pattern's structure.
15412
15413 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15414 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15415 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15416 during matching.")
15417
15418 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15419
15420 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15421 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15422
15423 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15424 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15425 called within a `save-excursion'.
15426
15427 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15428
15429 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15430
15431 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15432 Function for finding the next index position.
15433
15434 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15435 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15436 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15437 file.
15438
15439 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15440 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15441
15442 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15443
15444 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15445 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15446
15447 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15448 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15449 It should return the name for that index item.")
15450
15451 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15452
15453 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15454 Function to compare string with index item.
15455
15456 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15457 non-nil if they match.
15458
15459 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15460 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15461 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15462 arguments match\".")
15463
15464 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15465
15466 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15467 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15468 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15469
15470 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15471
15472 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15473
15474 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15475
15476 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15477 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15478 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15479 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15480
15481 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15482
15483 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15484 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15485
15486 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15487
15488 \(fn)" t nil)
15489
15490 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15491 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15492 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15493 for more information.
15494
15495 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15496
15497 ;;;***
15498 \f
15499 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15500 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15501 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17842 58278))
15502 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15503
15504 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15505 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15506
15507 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15508
15509 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15510 Not documented
15511
15512 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15513
15514 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15515 Not documented
15516
15517 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15518
15519 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15520 Not documented
15521
15522 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15523
15524 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15525 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15526 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15527 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15528 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15529
15530 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15531
15532 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15533 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15534 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15535 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15536 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15537
15538 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15539
15540 ;;;***
15541 \f
15542 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15543 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15544 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17842 56332))
15545 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15546
15547 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15548 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15549 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15550 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15551 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15552
15553 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp" t)
15554
15555 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15556 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15557
15558 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp" t)
15559
15560 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15561 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15562 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15563 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15564 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15565 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15566 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15567 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15568
15569 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp" t)
15570
15571 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15572 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15573 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15574 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15575 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15576
15577 This variable is only used if the variable
15578 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15579
15580 More precise choices:
15581 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15582 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15583 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15584
15585 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15586
15587 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp" t)
15588
15589 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15590 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15591
15592 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15593 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15594 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15595 to that buffer.
15596 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15597 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15598 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15599 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15600
15601 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15602 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15603
15604 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15605
15606 ;;;***
15607 \f
15608 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15609 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15610 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15611 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18006 55795))
15612 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15613
15614 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15615 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15616
15617 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15618 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15619 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15620
15621 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15622 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15623 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15624 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15625 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15626 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15627 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15628 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15629 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15630 with the top-level Info directory.
15631
15632 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15633 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15634 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15635 appended to the Info buffer name.
15636
15637 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15638 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15639 in all the directories in that path.
15640
15641 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15642
15643 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15644 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15645
15646 \(fn)" t nil)
15647
15648 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15649 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15650 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15651 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15652
15653 \(fn)" nil nil)
15654
15655 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15656 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15657 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15658 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15659
15660 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15661
15662 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15663 Go to the Info directory node.
15664
15665 \(fn)" t nil)
15666
15667 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15668 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15669 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15670 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15671 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15672 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15673
15674 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15675
15676 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15677 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15678 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15679
15680 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15681
15682 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15683 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15684 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15685 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15686 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15687
15688 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15689 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15690
15691 Selecting other nodes:
15692 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15693 Follow a node reference you click on.
15694 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15695 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15696 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15697 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15698 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15699 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15700 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15701 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15702 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15703 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15704 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15705 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15706 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15707 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15708 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15709 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15710 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15711 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15712 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15713 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15714
15715 Moving within a node:
15716 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15717 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15718 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15719 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15720 move up to the parent node.
15721 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15722 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15723 if there is none.
15724 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15725
15726 Advanced commands:
15727 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15728 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15729 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15730 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15731 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15732 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15733 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15734 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15735 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15736 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15737 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15738 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15739 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15740 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15741 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15742 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15743
15744 \(fn)" nil nil)
15745 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15746
15747 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15748 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15749 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15750 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15751 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15752 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15753
15754 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15755 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15756
15757 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15758 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15759 KEY is a string.
15760 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15761 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15762 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15763 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15764
15765 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15766
15767 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15768 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15769 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15770
15771 \(fn)" t nil)
15772
15773 ;;;***
15774 \f
15775 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15776 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15777 ;;;;;; (17878 61008))
15778 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15779
15780 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15781 Throw away all cached data.
15782 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15783 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15784 system.
15785
15786 \(fn)" t nil)
15787 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15788
15789 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15790 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15791 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15792 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15793 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15794 one found at point.
15795
15796 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15797
15798 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15799 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15800
15801 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15802 Display the documentation of a file.
15803 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15804 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15805 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15806 The default file name is the one found at point.
15807
15808 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15809
15810 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15811
15812 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15813 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15814
15815 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15816
15817 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15818 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15819
15820 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15821
15822 ;;;***
15823 \f
15824 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15825 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17842 58279))
15826 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15827
15828 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15829 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15830
15831 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15832
15833 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15834 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15835 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15836
15837 \(fn)" t nil)
15838
15839 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15840 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15841 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15842
15843 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15844 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15845 quite a while.
15846
15847 \(fn)" t nil)
15848
15849 ;;;***
15850 \f
15851 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15852 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17842 58279))
15853 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15854
15855 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15856 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15857
15858 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15859
15860 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15861 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15862 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15863
15864 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15865 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15866 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15867
15868 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15869 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15870 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15871 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15872
15873 \(fn)" t nil)
15874
15875 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15876 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15877 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15878
15879 \(fn)" t nil)
15880
15881 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15882 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15883 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15884 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15885 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15886
15887 \(fn)" nil nil)
15888
15889 ;;;***
15890 \f
15891 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15892 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15893 ;;;;;; (17903 2305))
15894 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15895
15896 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15897 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15898
15899 \(fn)" t nil)
15900
15901 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15902 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15903
15904 \(fn)" t nil)
15905
15906 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15907 Not documented
15908
15909 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15910
15911 ;;;***
15912 \f
15913 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17918
15914 ;;;;;; 44913))
15915 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15916
15917 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15918 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15919 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15920 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15921 accessed via isearchb.
15922
15923 \(fn)" t nil)
15924
15925 ;;;***
15926 \f
15927 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15928 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15929 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15930 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17992 30878))
15931 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15932
15933 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15934 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15935 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15936 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15937
15938 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15939
15940 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15941 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15942 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15943 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15944
15945 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15946
15947 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15948 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15949 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15950 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15951
15952 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15953
15954 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15955 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15956 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15957 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15958
15959 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15960
15961 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15962 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15963 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15964 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15965
15966 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15967
15968 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15969 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15970 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15971 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15972
15973 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15974
15975 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15976 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15977 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15978 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15979
15980 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15981
15982 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15983 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15984 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15985 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15986
15987 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15988
15989 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15990 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15991 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15992 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15993
15994 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15995
15996 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15997 Warn that format is read-only.
15998
15999 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16000
16001 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
16002 Warn that format is write-only.
16003
16004 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16005
16006 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
16007 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16008
16009 \(fn)" t nil)
16010
16011 ;;;***
16012 \f
16013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16014 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
16015 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16016 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
16017 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16018 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16019
16020 ;;;***
16021 \f
16022 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16023 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16024 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16025 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
16026 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
16027 ;;;;;; (18006 55797))
16028 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16029 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16030
16031 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16032 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16033 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
16034 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
16035
16036 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" t)
16037 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16038
16039 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
16040 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
16041 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16042
16043 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
16044 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
16045 re-start Emacs.")
16046
16047 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell" t)
16048
16049 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
16050
16051 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
16052
16053 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
16054
16055 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
16056
16057 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
16058
16059 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
16060
16061 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
16062 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
16063
16064 Each element of this list is also a list:
16065
16066 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
16067 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
16068
16069 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
16070 nil means the default dictionary.
16071
16072 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a word.
16073
16074 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
16075
16076 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
16077 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
16078 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
16079 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
16080 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
16081 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
16082 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
16083 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
16084 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
16085
16086 CASECHARS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be unibyte strings
16087 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
16088 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
16089 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
16090 for non-ASCII bytes.
16091
16092 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
16093 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
16094 single word.
16095
16096 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
16097 subprocess.
16098
16099 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
16100 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
16101 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
16102 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
16103 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
16104 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
16105 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
16106 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
16107
16108 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
16109
16110 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
16111 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
16112 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
16113
16114 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16115 Key map for ispell menu.")
16116
16117 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16118 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16119 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16120 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16121
16122 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
16123
16124 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16125
16126 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16127
16128 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
16129
16130 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16131 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16132 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16133 Valid forms include:
16134 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16135 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16136 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16137 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16138
16139 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16140 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16141 First list is used raw.
16142 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16143
16144 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16145 for skipping in latex mode.")
16146
16147 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
16148 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16149 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16150 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16151 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16152 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16153
16154 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
16155 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16156 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16157 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16158
16159 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16160 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16161 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16162 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16163 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16164
16165 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16166 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16167
16168 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16169 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16170
16171 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16172 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16173
16174 Return values:
16175 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16176 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16177 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16178 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16179 quit spell session exited.
16180
16181 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
16182
16183 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
16184 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16185 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16186
16187 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16188
16189 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
16190 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16191
16192 Selections are:
16193
16194 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16195 SPC: Accept word this time.
16196 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16197 `a': Accept word for this session.
16198 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16199 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16200 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16201 `?': Show these commands.
16202 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16203 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16204 the aborted check to be completed later.
16205 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16206 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16207 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16208 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16209 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16210 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16211 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16212
16213 \(fn)" nil nil)
16214
16215 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
16216 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16217 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16218
16219 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16220
16221 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
16222 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16223 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16224 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16225
16226 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16227
16228 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16229
16230 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
16231 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16232 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16233 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16234
16235 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16236
16237 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
16238 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16239
16240 \(fn)" t nil)
16241
16242 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
16243 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16244
16245 \(fn)" t nil)
16246
16247 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
16248 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16249
16250 \(fn)" t nil)
16251
16252 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
16253 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16254 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16255 sequence inside of a word.
16256
16257 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16258
16259 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16260
16261 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
16262 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16263
16264 \(fn)" t nil)
16265
16266 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
16267 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16268 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16269 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16270
16271 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16272 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16273 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16274 available on the net.
16275
16276 \(fn)" t nil)
16277
16278 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
16279 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16280 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
16281
16282 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16283 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16284
16285 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16286 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16287
16288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16289
16290 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16291 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16292 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16293 Don't check included messages.
16294
16295 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16296 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16297 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16298
16299 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16300 in your .emacs file:
16301 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16302 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16303 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16304 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16305
16306 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16307 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16308 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16309
16310 \(fn)" t nil)
16311
16312 ;;;***
16313 \f
16314 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17819
16315 ;;;;;; 9451))
16316 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16317
16318 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16319 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16320 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16321 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16322 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16323 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16324
16325 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" nil)
16326
16327 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16328 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16329 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
16330 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16331 `iswitchb' for details.
16332
16333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16334
16335 ;;;***
16336 \f
16337 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16338 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16339 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16340 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17842 58278))
16341 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16342
16343 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16344 Not documented
16345
16346 \(fn)" nil nil)
16347
16348 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16349 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16350 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16351 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16352 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16353 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16354 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16355 necessary to represent OBJ.
16356
16357 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16358
16359 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16360 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16361 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16362 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16363
16364 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16365
16366 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16367 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16368 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16369 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16370 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16371
16372 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16373
16374 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16375 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16376 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16377 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16378
16379 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16380
16381 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16382 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16383 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16384 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16385
16386 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16387
16388 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16389 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16390
16391 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16392
16393 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16394 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16395 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16396 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16397 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16398
16399 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16400
16401 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16402 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16403 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16404 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16405 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16406
16407 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16408
16409 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16410 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16411 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16412
16413 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16414
16415 ;;;***
16416 \f
16417 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16418 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17853 24893))
16419 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16420
16421 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16422 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16423 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16424 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16425
16426 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16427 Not documented
16428
16429 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16430
16431 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16432 Uninstall jka-compr.
16433 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16434 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16435 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16436
16437 \(fn)" nil nil)
16438
16439 ;;;***
16440 \f
16441 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16442 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16443 ;;;;;; (17833 41203))
16444 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16445
16446 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16447 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16448 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16449 decimal key must be specified.")
16450
16451 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" nil)
16452
16453 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16454 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16455 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16456 decimal key must be specified.")
16457
16458 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad" nil)
16459
16460 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16461 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16462 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16463 decimal key must be specified.")
16464
16465 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16466
16467 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16468 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16469 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16470 decimal key must be specified.")
16471
16472 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16473
16474 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16475 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16476 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16477 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16478 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16479 keys are bound.
16480
16481 Setup Binding
16482 -------------------------------------------------------------
16483 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16484 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16485 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16486 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16487 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16488 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16489 in the global and local keymaps.
16490
16491 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16492 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16493
16494 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16495
16496 ;;;***
16497 \f
16498 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16499 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
16500 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16501
16502 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16503 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16504 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16505
16506 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16507 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16508 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16509 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16510 shorter.
16511
16512 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16513 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16514 the context of text formatting.
16515
16516 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16517
16518 ;;;***
16519 \f
16520 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17842
16521 ;;;;;; 54888))
16522 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16523
16524 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16525 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16526 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16527 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16528 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16529 positions that contains the current selection.")
16530
16531 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16532 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16533 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16534 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16535 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16536 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16537 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16538
16539 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16540
16541 ;;;***
16542 \f
16543 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16544 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16545 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16546 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17833 41350))
16547 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16548 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16549 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16550 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16551 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16552 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16553 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16554 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16555
16556 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16557 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16558 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16559 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16560 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16561
16562 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16563
16564 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16565 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16566 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16567
16568 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16569 defining the macro.
16570
16571 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16572 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16573 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16574
16575 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16576 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16577
16578 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16579
16580 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16581 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16582 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16583 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16584 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16585 under that name.
16586
16587 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16588 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16589 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16590
16591 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16592
16593 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16594 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16595 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16596
16597 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16598 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16599 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16600 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16601
16602 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16603 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16604
16605 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16606
16607 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16608 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16609 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16610
16611 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16612 macro.
16613
16614 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16615 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16616
16617 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16618 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16619 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16620
16621 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16622 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16623
16624 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16625
16626 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16627 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16628 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16629 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16630
16631 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16632
16633 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16634 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16635 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16636 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16637
16638 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16639 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16640
16641 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16642
16643 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16644 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16645 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16646
16647 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16648
16649 ;;;***
16650 \f
16651 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16652 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16653 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
16654 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16655
16656 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16657
16658 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16659 Not documented
16660
16661 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16662
16663 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16664 Not documented
16665
16666 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16667
16668 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16669 Not documented
16670
16671 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16672
16673 ;;;***
16674 \f
16675 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16676 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17842 58278))
16677 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16678
16679 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16680 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16681 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16682
16683 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16684 Not documented
16685
16686 \(fn)" nil nil)
16687
16688 ;;;***
16689 \f
16690 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16691 ;;;;;; (17941 38806))
16692 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16693
16694 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16695
16696 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16697 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16698
16699 \(fn)" t nil)
16700
16701 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16702
16703 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16704 Start or resume an Lm game.
16705 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16706 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16707
16708 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16709 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16710 none / 1 | yes | no
16711 2 | yes | yes
16712 3 | no | yes
16713 4 | no | no
16714
16715 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16716 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16717 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16718
16719 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16720
16721 ;;;***
16722 \f
16723 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16724 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16725 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17842
16726 ;;;;;; 58278))
16727 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16728
16729 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16730 Not documented
16731
16732 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16733
16734 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16735 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16736 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16737 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16738 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16739 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16740
16741 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16742 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16743
16744 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16745
16746 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16747 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16748
16749 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16750
16751 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16752 Not documented
16753
16754 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16755
16756 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16757 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16758 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16759 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16760 to compose.
16761
16762 The return value is number of composed characters.
16763
16764 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16765
16766 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16767 Not documented
16768
16769 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16770
16771 ;;;***
16772 \f
16773 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16774 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16775 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17842 54888))
16776 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16777
16778 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16779 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16780 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16781 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16782
16783 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc" t)
16784
16785 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16786 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16787 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16788
16789 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16790
16791 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16792 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16793 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16794
16795 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16796
16797 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16798 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16799 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16800 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16801
16802 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16803
16804 ;;;***
16805 \f
16806 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16807 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17874 62081))
16808 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16809
16810 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16811 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16812 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16813 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16814 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16815 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16816 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16817 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16818
16819 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16820 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16821
16822 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16823 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16824
16825 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" nil)
16826
16827 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16828 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16829 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16830 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16831 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16832 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16833 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16834 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16835
16836 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16837
16838 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16839 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16840 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16841 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16842
16843 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16844 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16845
16846 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp" nil)
16847
16848 ;;;***
16849 \f
16850 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16851 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
16852 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16853
16854 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16855
16856 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16857
16858 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16859 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16860
16861 \(fn)" t nil)
16862
16863 ;;;***
16864 \f
16865 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16866 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
16867 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16868
16869 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16870 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16871
16872 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16873 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16874
16875 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16876 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16877
16878 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16879 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16880 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16881 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16882 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16883 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16884 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16885 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16886 and transmit saved text.
16887
16888 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16889 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16890 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16891
16892 \(fn)" t nil)
16893
16894 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16895 Not documented
16896
16897 \(fn)" nil nil)
16898
16899 ;;;***
16900 \f
16901 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17842 55395))
16902 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16903
16904 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16905 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16906 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16907 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16908 generations (this defaults to 1).
16909
16910 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16911
16912 ;;;***
16913 \f
16914 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17942
16915 ;;;;;; 63381))
16916 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16917
16918 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16919 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16920 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16921 is nil, raise an error.
16922
16923 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16924 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16925 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16926 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16927 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16928 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16929 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16930 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16931 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16932
16933 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16934
16935 ;;;***
16936 \f
16937 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16938 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17992 30877))
16939 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16940
16941 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16942 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16943 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16944
16945 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate" t)
16946
16947 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16948 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16949 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16950 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16951
16952 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16953 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16954 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16955 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16956 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16957 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16958 the version.)
16959
16960 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16961 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16962
16963 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16964 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16965
16966 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
16967
16968 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16969
16970 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16971 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16972 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16973 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16974 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16975 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16976 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16977 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16978 to constrain a big search.
16979
16980 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16981
16982 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16983 except that FILTER is not optional.
16984
16985 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16986
16987 ;;;***
16988 \f
16989 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (18010 5298))
16990 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16991
16992 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16993 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16994 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16995 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16996 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16997 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16998 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16999 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17000 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
17001 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
17002 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
17003 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
17004 uses the current buffer.
17005
17006 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17007
17008 ;;;***
17009 \f
17010 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17842
17011 ;;;;;; 58279))
17012 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
17013
17014 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
17015 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17016
17017 \(fn)" t nil)
17018
17019 ;;;***
17020 \f
17021 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17992
17022 ;;;;;; 30877))
17023 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
17024
17025 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
17026 Toggle Long Lines mode.
17027 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
17028 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
17029 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
17030
17031 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
17032 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
17033 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
17034
17035 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
17036 are indicated with a symbol.
17037
17038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17039
17040 ;;;***
17041 \f
17042 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17043 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17842
17044 ;;;;;; 58279))
17045 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17046
17047 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
17048
17049 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
17050
17051 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
17052 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17053 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17054
17055 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17056 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17057
17058 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17059 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17060 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17061 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17062 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17063 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17064 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17065
17066 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr" t)
17067
17068 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17069 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17070 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17071 switch on this list.
17072 See `lpr-command'.")
17073
17074 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr" t)
17075
17076 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17077 *Name of program for printing a file.
17078
17079 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17080 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17081 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17082 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17083 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17084 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17085 argument.")
17086
17087 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr" t)
17088
17089 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
17090 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17091 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17092 for customization of the printer command.
17093
17094 \(fn)" t nil)
17095
17096 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
17097 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17098
17099 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17100 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17101 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17102 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17103
17104 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17105 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17106
17107 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17108 for further customization of the printer command.
17109
17110 \(fn)" t nil)
17111
17112 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
17113 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17114 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17115 for customization of the printer command.
17116
17117 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17118
17119 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
17120 Paginate and print the region contents.
17121
17122 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17123 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17124 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17125 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17126
17127 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17128 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17129
17130 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17131 for further customization of the printer command.
17132
17133 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17134
17135 ;;;***
17136 \f
17137 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17138 ;;;;;; (18006 55796))
17139 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17140
17141 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17142 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17143 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17144
17145 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" t)
17146
17147 ;;;***
17148 \f
17149 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17956
17150 ;;;;;; 13479))
17151 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17152
17153 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
17154 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17155 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
17156
17157 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17158
17159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17160
17161 ;;;***
17162 \f
17163 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17923
17164 ;;;;;; 63540))
17165 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17166
17167 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
17168 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17169 \\{m4-mode-map}
17170
17171 \(fn)" t nil)
17172
17173 ;;;***
17174 \f
17175 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17176 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
17177 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17178
17179 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
17180 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17181 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17182 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17183 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17184
17185 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17186
17187 ;;;***
17188 \f
17189 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17190 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17842 58279))
17191 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17192
17193 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17194 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17195 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17196 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17197 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17198
17199 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17200
17201 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17202 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17203 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17204 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17205
17206 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17207 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17208 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17209 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17210 bindings.
17211
17212 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17213 use this command, and then save the file.
17214
17215 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17216
17217 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
17218 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17219 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17220 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17221 each time the macro executes.
17222 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17223 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17224 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17225 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17226 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17227 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17228 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17229
17230 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17231
17232 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
17233 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17234 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17235 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17236
17237 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17238 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17239 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17240 execute.
17241
17242 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17243 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17244
17245 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17246 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17247 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17248 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17249 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17250
17251 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17252 looked like this:
17253
17254 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17255 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17256 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17257
17258 You could enter the names in this format:
17259
17260 foo
17261 bar
17262 baz
17263
17264 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17265
17266 \\C-x (
17267 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17268 \\C-x )
17269
17270 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17271 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17272
17273 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17274 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17275
17276 ;;;***
17277 \f
17278 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17279 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17842 55035))
17280 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17281
17282 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17283 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17284 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17285 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17286 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17287 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17288
17289 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17290 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17291 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17292 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17293 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17294
17295 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17296 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17297 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17298 consing a string.)
17299
17300 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17301
17302 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17303 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17304
17305 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17306
17307 ;;;***
17308 \f
17309 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17310 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17311 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
17312 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17313
17314 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17315 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17316
17317 \(fn)" nil nil)
17318
17319 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17320 Not documented
17321
17322 \(fn)" nil nil)
17323
17324 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17325 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17326
17327 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist" t)
17328
17329 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17330 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17331 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17332 message.
17333
17334 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17335
17336 \(fn)" nil nil)
17337
17338 ;;;***
17339 \f
17340 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17341 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17342 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17842
17343 ;;;;;; 55035))
17344 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17345
17346 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17347 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17348 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17349 often correct parser.")
17350
17351 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" t)
17352
17353 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17354 Not documented
17355
17356 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17357
17358 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17359 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17360 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17361 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17362
17363 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17364
17365 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17366 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17367 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17368 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17369
17370 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17371
17372 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17373 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17374 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17375 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17376 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17377 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17378 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17379 as Rmail does.
17380
17381 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17382
17383 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17384 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17385 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17386 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17387 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17388 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17389
17390 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17391
17392 ;;;***
17393 \f
17394 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17395 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17992 30878))
17396 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17397
17398 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17399 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17400
17401 \(fn)" nil nil)
17402
17403 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17404 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17405 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17406
17407 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17408
17409 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17410 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17411 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17412
17413 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17414
17415 ;;;***
17416 \f
17417 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17418 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17842
17419 ;;;;;; 55035))
17420 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17421
17422 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17423 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17424 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17425 king@grassland.com
17426 If `parens', they look like:
17427 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17428 If `angles', they look like:
17429 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17430
17431 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias" t)
17432
17433 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17434 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17435 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17436 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17437 their `Resent-' variants.
17438
17439 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17440 removed from alias expansions.
17441
17442 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17443
17444 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17445 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17446 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17447
17448 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17449 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17450 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17451 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17452
17453 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17454
17455 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17456 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17457 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17458 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17459
17460 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17461
17462 ;;;***
17463 \f
17464 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17465 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
17466 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17467
17468 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17469 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17470 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17471 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17472
17473 \(fn)" nil nil)
17474
17475 ;;;***
17476 \f
17477 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17478 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17479 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17842 56332))
17480 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17481
17482 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17483 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17484
17485 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17486 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17487 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17488 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17489 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17490 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17491
17492 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17493 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17494 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17495 dependency, despite the colon.
17496
17497 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17498
17499 In the browser, use the following keys:
17500
17501 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17502
17503 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17504
17505 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17506 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17507
17508 `makefile-target-colon':
17509 The string that gets appended to all target names
17510 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17511 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17512
17513 `makefile-macro-assign':
17514 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17515 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17516 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17517 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17518 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17519 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17520
17521 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17522 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17523 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17524
17525 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17526 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17527
17528 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17529 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17530 up or down in the browser.
17531
17532 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17533 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17534
17535 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17536 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17537
17538 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17539 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17540 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17541 has been selected in the browser.
17542
17543 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17544 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17545 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17546 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17547 filenames are omitted.
17548
17549 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17550 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17551 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17552 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17553 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17554 the backslash itself intact.
17555 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17556 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17557
17558 `makefile-browser-hook':
17559 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17560 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17561
17562 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17563 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17564 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17565 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17566
17567 \(fn)" t nil)
17568
17569 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17570 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17571
17572 \(fn)" t nil)
17573
17574 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17575 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17576
17577 \(fn)" t nil)
17578
17579 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17580 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17581
17582 \(fn)" t nil)
17583
17584 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17585 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17586
17587 \(fn)" t nil)
17588
17589 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17590 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17591
17592 \(fn)" t nil)
17593
17594 ;;;***
17595 \f
17596 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17842
17597 ;;;;;; 58279))
17598 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17599
17600 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17601 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17602 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17603
17604 \(fn)" t nil)
17605
17606 ;;;***
17607 \f
17608 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17992 30877))
17609 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17610
17611 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17612
17613 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17614 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17615 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17616 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17617 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17618 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17619 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17620
17621 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17622 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17623 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17624 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17625
17626 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17627
17628 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17629 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17630
17631 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17632
17633 ;;;***
17634 \f
17635 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17842 58279))
17636 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17637
17638 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17639 Toggle Master mode.
17640 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17641 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17642 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17643
17644 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17645 following commands:
17646
17647 \\{master-mode-map}
17648
17649 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17650 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17651 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17652
17653 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17654
17655 ;;;***
17656 \f
17657 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17942
17658 ;;;;;; 63381))
17659 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17660
17661 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17662
17663 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17664 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17665 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17666 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17667 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17668 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17669
17670 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" nil)
17671
17672 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17673 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17674 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17675 created in the future.
17676 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17677 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17678
17679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17680
17681 ;;;***
17682 \f
17683 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17684 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17685 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17686 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17687 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17688 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17689 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17690 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17691 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17692 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17693 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (18010 19867))
17694 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17695
17696 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17697 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17698
17699 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17700 king@grassland.com
17701 If `parens', they look like:
17702 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17703 If `angles', they look like:
17704 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17705
17706 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17707 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17708
17709 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message" t)
17710
17711 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17712 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17713
17714 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message" t)
17715
17716 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17717 *Local news organization file.")
17718
17719 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message" t)
17720
17721 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17722 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17723 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17724 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17725
17726 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17727 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17728 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17729
17730 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17731
17732 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message" t)
17733
17734 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17735 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17736
17737 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17738 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17739 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17740 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17741
17742 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message" t)
17743
17744 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17745 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17746 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17747 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17748
17749 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message" t)
17750
17751 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17752 *Function for citing an original message.
17753 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17754 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17755 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17756
17757 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message" t)
17758
17759 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17760 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17761 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17762 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17763 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17764
17765 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message" t)
17766
17767 (defvar message-signature t "\
17768 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17769 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17770 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17771 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17772
17773 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message" t)
17774
17775 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17776 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17777 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17778 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17779
17780 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message" t)
17781
17782 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17783 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17784
17785 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message" t)
17786
17787 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17788
17789 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17790 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17791 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17792 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17793 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17794 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17795 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17796 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17797 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17798 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17799 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17800 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17801 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17802 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17803 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17804 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17805 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17806 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17807 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17808 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17809 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17810 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17811 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17812 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17813 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17814 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17815 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17816 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17817 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17818 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17819 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17820 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17821 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17822 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17823 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17824 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17825 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17826
17827 \(fn)" t nil)
17828
17829 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17830 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17831 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17832 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17833 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17834
17835 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17836
17837 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17838 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17839
17840 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17841
17842 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17843 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17844
17845 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17846
17847 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17848 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17849
17850 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17851
17852 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17853 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17854 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17855
17856 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17857
17858 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17859 Cancel an article you posted.
17860 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17861
17862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17863
17864 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17865 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17866 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17867 header line with the old Message-ID.
17868
17869 \(fn)" t nil)
17870
17871 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17872 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17873
17874 \(fn)" t nil)
17875
17876 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17877 Forward the current message via mail.
17878 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17879 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17880
17881 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17882
17883 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17884 Not documented
17885
17886 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17887
17888 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17889 Not documented
17890
17891 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17892
17893 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17894 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17895
17896 \(fn)" t nil)
17897
17898 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17899 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17900
17901 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17902
17903 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17904 Re-mail the current message.
17905 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17906 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17907 you.
17908
17909 \(fn)" t nil)
17910
17911 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17912 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17913
17914 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17915
17916 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17917 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17918
17919 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17920
17921 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17922 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17923
17924 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17925
17926 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17927 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17928
17929 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17930
17931 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17932 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17933 Works by overstriking characters.
17934 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17935 which specify the range to operate on.
17936
17937 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17938
17939 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17940 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17941 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17942 which specify the range to operate on.
17943
17944 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17945
17946 ;;;***
17947 \f
17948 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17949 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
17950 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17951
17952 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17953 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17954 Special commands:
17955 \\{meta-mode-map}
17956
17957 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17958 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17959
17960 \(fn)" t nil)
17961
17962 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17963 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17964 Special commands:
17965 \\{meta-mode-map}
17966
17967 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17968 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17969
17970 \(fn)" t nil)
17971
17972 ;;;***
17973 \f
17974 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17975 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17976 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
17977 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17978
17979 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17980 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17981 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17982
17983 \(fn)" t nil)
17984
17985 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17986 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17987 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17988 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17989 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17990 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17991 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17992
17993 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17994
17995 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17996 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17997 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17998 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17999 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18000 means current).
18001 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18002 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18003
18004 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18005
18006 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
18007 Process current region through 'metamail'.
18008 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18009 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18010 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18011 means current).
18012 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18013 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18014
18015 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18016
18017 ;;;***
18018 \f
18019 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
18020 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
18021 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17842 55144))
18022 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18023
18024 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
18025 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18026 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18027
18028 \(fn)" t nil)
18029
18030 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
18031 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18032 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18033
18034 \(fn)" t nil)
18035
18036 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
18037 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18038
18039 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18040 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18041 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18042
18043 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18044 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18045
18046 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18047 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18048
18049 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18050
18051 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
18052
18053 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
18054 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18055 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18056 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18057 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18058 as `compose-mail'.
18059
18060 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18061 initial Subject field, respectively.
18062
18063 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18064 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18065 are strings.
18066
18067 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18068 ignored.
18069
18070 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18071
18072 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
18073 Save draft and send message.
18074
18075 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18076 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18077 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18078 Mail Delivery*\".
18079
18080 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18081 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18082 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18083
18084 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18085 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18086 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18087 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18088 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18089 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18090
18091 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18092 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18093
18094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18095
18096 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
18097 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18098
18099 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18100 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18101 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18102 delete the draft message.
18103
18104 \(fn)" t nil)
18105
18106 ;;;***
18107 \f
18108 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17842 55144))
18109 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18110
18111 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18112
18113 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18114
18115 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18116
18117 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
18118 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18119
18120 \(fn)" t nil)
18121
18122 ;;;***
18123 \f
18124 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18125 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17842 55144))
18126 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18127
18128 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
18129 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18130 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18131
18132 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18133 the MH mail system.
18134
18135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18136
18137 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
18138 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18139 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18140
18141 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18142 the MH mail system.
18143
18144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18145
18146 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
18147 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18148
18149 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18150 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18151 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18152 separate command.
18153
18154 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18155 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18156 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18157 format.
18158
18159 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18160
18161 Ranges
18162 ======
18163 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18164 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18165 can be used in several ways.
18166
18167 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18168 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18169 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18170 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18171 page):
18172
18173 <num1>-<num2>
18174 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18175 The range must be nonempty.
18176
18177 <num>:N
18178 <num>:+N
18179 <num>:-N
18180 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18181 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18182 last.
18183
18184 first:N
18185 prev:N
18186 next:N
18187 last:N
18188 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18189
18190 all
18191 All of the messages.
18192
18193 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18194 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18195
18196 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18197 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18198 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18199
18200 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18201
18202 \(fn)" t nil)
18203
18204 ;;;***
18205 \f
18206 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18207 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17842 58279))
18208 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18209
18210 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
18211 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18212 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18213 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18214 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18215 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18216 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18217 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18218 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18219 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18220 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18221
18222 \(fn)" t nil)
18223
18224 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
18225 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18226 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18227 to its second argument TM.
18228
18229 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18230
18231 ;;;***
18232 \f
18233 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18234 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17842 58279))
18235 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18236
18237 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18238 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18239 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18240 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18241 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18242 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18243
18244 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18245
18246 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
18247 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18248 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18249 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18250 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18251 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18252 default indication.
18253
18254 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18255 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18256
18257 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18258
18259 ;;;***
18260 \f
18261 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18262 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
18263 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18264
18265 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
18266 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18267 \\{mixal-mode-map}
18268
18269 \(fn)" t nil)
18270
18271 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
18272
18273 ;;;***
18274 \f
18275 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18276 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18277 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
18278 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18279
18280 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
18281 Not documented
18282
18283 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18284
18285 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18286 Not documented
18287
18288 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18289
18290 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18291 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18292 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18293 PATTERN regexp.
18294
18295 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18296
18297 ;;;***
18298 \f
18299 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18300 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17842 54741))
18301 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18302
18303 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18304 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18305
18306 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18307
18308 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18309 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18310 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18311 the entire message.
18312 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18313
18314 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18315
18316 ;;;***
18317 \f
18318 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18319 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
18320 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18321
18322 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18323 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18324 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18325 the entire message.
18326 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18327
18328 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18329
18330 ;;;***
18331 \f
18332 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18333 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17842 54741))
18334 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18335
18336 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18337 Insert file contents of URL.
18338 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18339
18340 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18341
18342 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18343 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18344
18345 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18346
18347 ;;;***
18348 \f
18349 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18350 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17842 54741))
18351 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18352
18353 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18354 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18355 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18356 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18357 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18358
18359 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18360
18361 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18362 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18363 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18364
18365 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18366
18367 ;;;***
18368 \f
18369 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18370 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
18371 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18372
18373 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18374 Not documented
18375
18376 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18377
18378 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18379 Not documented
18380
18381 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18382
18383 ;;;***
18384 \f
18385 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18386 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18387 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17842 54741))
18388 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18389
18390 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18391 Not documented
18392
18393 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18394
18395 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18396 Not documented
18397
18398 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18399
18400 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18401 Not documented
18402
18403 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18404
18405 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18406 Not documented
18407
18408 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18409
18410 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18411 Not documented
18412
18413 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18414
18415 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18416 Not documented
18417
18418 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18419
18420 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18421 Not documented
18422
18423 \(fn)" nil nil)
18424
18425 ;;;***
18426 \f
18427 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18428 ;;;;;; (17276 13069))
18429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18430
18431 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18432 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18433 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18434 followed by the first character of the construct.
18435 \\<m2-mode-map>
18436 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18437 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18438 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18439 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18440 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18441 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18442 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18443 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18444 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18445 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18446 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18447 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18448 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18449 \\[m2-link] link
18450
18451 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18452 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18453 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18454
18455 \(fn)" t nil)
18456
18457 ;;;***
18458 \f
18459 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18460 ;;;;;; (17842 55395))
18461 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18462
18463 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18464 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18465
18466 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18467
18468 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18469 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18470
18471 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18472
18473 ;;;***
18474 \f
18475 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17842
18476 ;;;;;; 58279))
18477 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18478
18479 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18480 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18481 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18482 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18483 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18484 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18485
18486 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" nil)
18487
18488 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18489 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18490 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18491 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18492
18493 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18494
18495 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18496
18497 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18498
18499 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18500 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18501 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18502 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18503 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18504 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18505
18506 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18507 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18508 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18509 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18510 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18511
18512 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18513 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18514
18515 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18516 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18517
18518 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18519
18520 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18521 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18522 primary selection and region.
18523
18524 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18525
18526 ;;;***
18527 \f
18528 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17862 6157))
18529 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18530
18531 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18532 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18533
18534 \(fn)" t nil)
18535
18536 ;;;***
18537 \f
18538 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18006 55796))
18539 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18540
18541 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18542 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18543 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18544 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18545 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18546 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18547
18548 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" nil)
18549
18550 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18551 Toggle Msb mode.
18552 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18553 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18554 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18555
18556 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18557
18558 ;;;***
18559 \f
18560 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18561 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18562 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18563 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18564 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18565 ;;;;;; (17842 54888))
18566 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18567
18568 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18569 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18570 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18571 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18572 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18573 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18574 set of ISO charsets.
18575
18576 Each element has the following format:
18577 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18578
18579 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18580
18581 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18582 CHARSET are mapped.
18583
18584 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18585 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18586 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18587 character code in CHARSET.
18588
18589 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18590 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18591 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18592 or
18593 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18594 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18595 TO2, or...
18596 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18597 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18598
18599 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18600 Display a list of all character sets.
18601
18602 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18603 internal Emacs use.
18604
18605 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18606 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18607 hexadecimal digits.
18608 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18609 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18610
18611 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18612 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18613 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18614 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18615
18616 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18617 but still shows the full information.
18618
18619 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18620
18621 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18622 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18623 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18624 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18625 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18626
18627 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18628 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18629 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18630 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18631 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18632
18633 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18634
18635 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18636 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18637 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18638 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18639 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18640
18641 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18642
18643 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18644 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18645
18646 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18647
18648 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18649 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18650
18651 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18652
18653 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18654 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18655
18656 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18657 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18658 in place of `..':
18659 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18660 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18661 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18662 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18663 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18664 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18665 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18666 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18667 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18668 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18669 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18670 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18671 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18672 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18673 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18674 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18675
18676 \(fn)" t nil)
18677
18678 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18679 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18680
18681 \(fn)" t nil)
18682
18683 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18684 Display a list of all coding systems.
18685 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18686
18687 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18688 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18689
18690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18691
18692 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18693 Display a list of all coding categories.
18694
18695 \(fn)" nil nil)
18696
18697 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18698 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18699 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18700
18701 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18702
18703 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18704 Display information about FONTSET.
18705 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18706
18707 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18708
18709 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18710 Display a list of all fontsets.
18711 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18712 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18713 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18714
18715 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18716
18717 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18718 Display information about all input methods.
18719
18720 \(fn)" t nil)
18721
18722 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18723 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18724
18725 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18726 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18727 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18728 system which uses fontsets).
18729
18730 \(fn)" t nil)
18731
18732 ;;;***
18733 \f
18734 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18735 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18736 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18737 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18738 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18739 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17842 54888))
18740 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18741
18742 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18743 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18744 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18745
18746 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18747
18748 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18749
18750 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18751 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18752
18753 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18754 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18755
18756 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18757 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18758
18759 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18760
18761 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18762 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18763 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18764 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18765 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18766 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18767 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18768
18769 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18770 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18771 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18772 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18773 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18774 middle of a character in STR.
18775
18776 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18777 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18778
18779 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18780 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18781 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18782 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18783 defaults to \"...\".
18784
18785 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18786
18787 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18788 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18789
18790 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18791 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18792 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18793
18794 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18795 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18796 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18797
18798 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18799 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18800 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18801 is considered.
18802 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18803 longer than KEYSEQ.
18804 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18805
18806 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18807
18808 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18809 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18810 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18811 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18812 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18813 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18814 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18815 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18816 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18817 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18818 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18819
18820 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18821
18822 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18823 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18824
18825 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18826
18827 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18828 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18829
18830 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18831
18832 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18833 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18834
18835 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18836
18837 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18838 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18839
18840 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18841
18842 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18843 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18844 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18845 coding systems ordered by priority.
18846
18847 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18848
18849 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18850 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18851 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18852 language environment LANG-ENV.
18853
18854 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18855
18856 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18857 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18858 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18859 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18860 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18861 basis, this may not be accurate.
18862
18863 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18864
18865 ;;;***
18866 \f
18867 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18868 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
18869 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18870
18871 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18872 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18873 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18874 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18875 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18876 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18877
18878 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" nil)
18879
18880 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18881 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18882 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18883 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18884
18885 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18886
18887 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18888 Enable mouse wheel support.
18889
18890 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18891
18892 ;;;***
18893 \f
18894 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18895 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18896 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18897 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17891 7215))
18898 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18899
18900 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18901 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18902
18903 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18904
18905 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18906 Ping HOST.
18907 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18908 `ping-program-options'.
18909
18910 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18911
18912 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18913 Run ipconfig program.
18914
18915 \(fn)" t nil)
18916
18917 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18918
18919 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18920 Run netstat program.
18921
18922 \(fn)" t nil)
18923
18924 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18925 Run the arp program.
18926
18927 \(fn)" t nil)
18928
18929 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18930 Run the route program.
18931
18932 \(fn)" t nil)
18933
18934 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18935 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18936
18937 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18938
18939 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18940 Run nslookup program.
18941
18942 \(fn)" t nil)
18943
18944 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18945 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18946
18947 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18948
18949 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18950 Run dig program.
18951
18952 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18953
18954 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18955 Run ftp program.
18956
18957 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18958
18959 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18960 Finger USER on HOST.
18961
18962 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18963
18964 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18965 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18966 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18967 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18968
18969 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18970
18971 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18972 Not documented
18973
18974 \(fn)" t nil)
18975
18976 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18977 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18978
18979 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18980
18981 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18982 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18983
18984 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18985
18986 ;;;***
18987 \f
18988 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18989 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18990 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18991 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18992 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18993 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (17992 30877))
18994 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18995
18996 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18997
18998 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18999
19000 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
19001
19002 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
19003
19004 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
19005 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
19006 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
19007 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
19008 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
19009 Major modes should set this variable.")
19010
19011 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
19012 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
19013 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
19014 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
19015 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
19016 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
19017
19018 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment" t)
19019 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
19020
19021 (defvar comment-start nil "\
19022 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
19023 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19024
19025 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
19026 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
19027 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
19028 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
19029 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19030
19031 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
19032 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
19033 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19034
19035 (defvar comment-end "" "\
19036 *String to insert to end a new comment.
19037 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
19038 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19039
19040 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
19041 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19042 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19043 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19044 column indentation or nil.
19045 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19046
19047 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19048 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19049 The function has no args.
19050
19051 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19052 comments always start in column zero.")
19053
19054 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
19055 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19056 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19057
19058 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment" t)
19059
19060 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19061 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19062 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19063 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19064
19065 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19066 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19067
19068 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment" t)
19069
19070 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19071 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19072 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19073 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19074 customize this variable.
19075
19076 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19077 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19078
19079 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment" t)
19080
19081 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
19082 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19083 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19084 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19085 the variables are properly set.
19086
19087 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19088
19089 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
19090 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19091
19092 \(fn)" nil nil)
19093
19094 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
19095 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19096 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19097
19098 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19099
19100 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
19101 Set the comment column based on point.
19102 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19103 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19104 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19105 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19106
19107 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19108
19109 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
19110 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
19111 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19112
19113 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19114
19115 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19116 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19117 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19118 comment markers.
19119
19120 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19121
19122 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
19123 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19124 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19125 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19126 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19127 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19128 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19129 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19130
19131 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19132 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19133
19134 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19135
19136 (autoload (quote comment-box) "newcomment" "\
19137 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19138 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19139 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19140
19141 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19142
19143 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19144 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19145 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19146 is passed on to the respective function.
19147
19148 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19149
19150 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
19151 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19152 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19153 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19154 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19155 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
19156 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19157 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19158 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19159
19160 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19161
19162 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19163 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19164 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19165
19166 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment" t)
19167
19168 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
19169 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19170 This indents the body of the continued comment
19171 under the previous comment line.
19172
19173 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19174 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19175 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19176
19177 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19178 or comment indentation.
19179
19180 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19181 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19182
19183 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19184
19185 ;;;***
19186 \f
19187 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19188 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19189 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17873 44590))
19190 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19191
19192 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19193 Check whether newsticker is running.
19194 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19195 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19196
19197 \(fn)" nil nil)
19198
19199 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19200 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19201 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19202 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19203 empty.
19204
19205 \(fn)" nil nil)
19206
19207 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
19208 Start the newsticker.
19209 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19210 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19211 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19212 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19213
19214 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19215
19216 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
19217 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19218 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19219 running already.
19220
19221 \(fn)" t nil)
19222
19223 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
19224 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19225
19226 \(fn)" t nil)
19227
19228 ;;;***
19229 \f
19230 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19231 ;;;;;; (17992 30878))
19232 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19233
19234 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
19235 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19236
19237 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19238
19239 ;;;***
19240 \f
19241 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17842
19242 ;;;;;; 54741))
19243 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19244
19245 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
19246 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19247 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19248 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19249 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19250 symbol in the alist.
19251
19252 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19253
19254 ;;;***
19255 \f
19256 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19257 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
19258 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19259
19260 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
19261 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19262 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19263
19264 \(fn)" t nil)
19265
19266 ;;;***
19267 \f
19268 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19269 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
19270 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19271
19272 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
19273 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19274 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19275
19276 \(fn)" t nil)
19277
19278 ;;;***
19279 \f
19280 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19281 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
19282 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19283
19284 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
19285 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19286
19287 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19288
19289 ;;;***
19290 \f
19291 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19292 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17842 54741))
19293 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19294
19295 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19296 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19297
19298 \(fn)" t nil)
19299
19300 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19301 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19302
19303 \(fn)" t nil)
19304
19305 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19306 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19307
19308 \(fn)" t nil)
19309
19310 ;;;***
19311 \f
19312 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19313 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17842 58279))
19314 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19315
19316 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19317 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19318 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19319
19320 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19321
19322 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19323 Not documented
19324
19325 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19326
19327 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19328 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19329 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19330 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19331 to future sessions.
19332
19333 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19334
19335 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19336 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19337 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19338 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19339 to future sessions.
19340
19341 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19342
19343 ;;;***
19344 \f
19345 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19346 ;;;;;; (17842 58277))
19347 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19348
19349 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19350 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19351 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19352 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19353 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19354 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19355
19356 \(fn)" t nil)
19357
19358 ;;;***
19359 \f
19360 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19361 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
19362 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19363
19364 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19365 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19366 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19367 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19368 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19369
19370 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
19371
19372 ;;;***
19373 \f
19374 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19375 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
19376 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19377
19378 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19379 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19380 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19381
19382 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19383
19384 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19385 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19386
19387 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19388 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19389 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19390
19391 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19392
19393 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19394
19395 ;;;***
19396 \f
19397 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19398 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
19399 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19400
19401 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19402 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19403
19404 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19405 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19406 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19407 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19408
19409 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19410 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19411 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19412 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19413 is why you need this mode!).
19414
19415 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19416 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19417 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19418
19419 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19420
19421 Keybindings
19422 ===========
19423
19424 \\{octave-mode-map}
19425
19426 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19427 ==============================================
19428
19429 octave-auto-indent
19430 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19431 Default is nil.
19432
19433 octave-auto-newline
19434 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19435 Default is nil.
19436
19437 octave-blink-matching-block
19438 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19439 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19440
19441 octave-block-offset
19442 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19443 Default is 2.
19444
19445 octave-continuation-offset
19446 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19447 Default is 4.
19448
19449 octave-continuation-string
19450 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19451 Default is a backslash.
19452
19453 octave-mode-startup-message
19454 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19455 Default is t.
19456
19457 octave-send-echo-input
19458 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19459 command to the inferior Octave process.
19460
19461 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19462 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19463 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19464
19465 octave-send-echo-input
19466 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19467
19468 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19469
19470 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19471 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19472
19473 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19474 (setq auto-mode-alist
19475 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19476
19477 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19478 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19479
19480 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19481 (lambda ()
19482 (abbrev-mode 1)
19483 (auto-fill-mode 1)
19484 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19485 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19486
19487 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19488 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19489 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19490 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19491
19492 \(fn)" t nil)
19493
19494 ;;;***
19495 \f
19496 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19497 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file org-diary org-tags-view org-todo-list
19498 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list org-cycle-agenda-files org-batch-agenda org-agenda
19499 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19500 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-store-link orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19501 ;;;;;; org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19502 ;;;;;; (17922 37459))
19503 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19504
19505 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19506 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19507 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19508
19509 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19510 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19511 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19512 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19513 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19514 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19515 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19516 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19517 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19518 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19519
19520 The following commands are available:
19521
19522 \\{org-mode-map}
19523
19524 \(fn)" t nil)
19525
19526 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19527 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19528
19529 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19530 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19531 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19532 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19533 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19534
19535 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19536 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19537 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19538 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19539 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19540 and zoom in further.
19541 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19542
19543 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19544 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19545 is negative, go up that many levels.
19546
19547 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19548 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19549 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19550
19551 - Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19552 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19553
19554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19555
19556 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19557 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19558
19559 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19560
19561 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19562 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19563
19564 \(fn)" nil nil)
19565
19566 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19567 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19568
19569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19570
19571 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19572 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19573 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19574 \\[org-insert-link].
19575 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19576 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19577 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19578
19579 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19580
19581 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19582 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19583 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19584 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19585 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19586
19587 \(fn)" nil nil)
19588
19589 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19590 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19591 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19592 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19593
19594 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19595
19596 (autoload (quote org-remember) "org" "\
19597 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19598 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19599 of the remember buffer.
19600
19601 \(fn)" t nil)
19602
19603 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19604 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19605 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19606 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19607 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19608 file the text at a specific location.
19609 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19610 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19611 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19612
19613 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19614 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19615 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19616 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19617 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19618 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19619 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19620 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19621
19622 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19623 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19624 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19625 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19626
19627 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19628 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19629 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19630
19631 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19632 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19633 \(i.e. after the stars).
19634
19635 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19636
19637 \(fn)" nil nil)
19638
19639 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19640 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19641 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19642 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19643 g
19644 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19645 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19646 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19647 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19648 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19649 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19650 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19651 l Create a timeeline for the current buffer.
19652
19653 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19654 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19655 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19656
19657 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19658 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19659 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19660
19661 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19662
19663 (autoload (quote org-batch-agenda) "org" "\
19664 Run an agenda command in batch mode, send result to STDOUT.
19665 CMD-KEY is a string that is also a key in `org-agenda-custom-commands'.
19666 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19667 before running the agenda command.
19668
19669 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19670
19671 (autoload (quote org-cycle-agenda-files) "org" "\
19672 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19673 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19674 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19675
19676 \(fn)" t nil)
19677
19678 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19679 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19680 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19681 will be able to go to other weeks.
19682 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19683 also be shown, under the current date.
19684 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19685 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19686 to turn on logging.
19687 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19688 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19689 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19690
19691 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19692
19693 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19694 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19695 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19696 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19697 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19698 `org-todo-keywords'.
19699
19700 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19701
19702 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19703 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19704 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19705
19706 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19707
19708 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19709 Return diary information from org-files.
19710 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19711 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19712 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19713 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19714
19715 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19716 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19717 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19718
19719 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19720 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19721 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19722 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19723
19724 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19725 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19726 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19727
19728 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19729 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19730 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19731 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19732
19733 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19734
19735 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19736
19737 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19738 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19739
19740 &%%(org-diary)
19741
19742 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19743 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19744 also be written as
19745
19746 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19747
19748 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19749 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19750 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19751
19752 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19753
19754 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19755 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19756 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19757 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19758
19759 \(fn)" t nil)
19760
19761 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19762 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19763 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19764 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19765
19766 \(fn)" t nil)
19767
19768 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19769 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19770 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19771
19772 \(fn)" t nil)
19773
19774 ;;;***
19775 \f
19776 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19777 ;;;;;; (17952 11093))
19778 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19779 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19780
19781 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19782 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19783 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19784 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19785
19786 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19787 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19788 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19789 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19790
19791 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19792 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19793 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19794 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19795 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19796 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19797
19798 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19799 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19800 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19801
19802 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19803 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19804 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19805 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19806 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19807 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19808 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19809 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19810 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19811 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19812 The subheadings remain visible.
19813 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19814
19815 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19816 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19817 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19818
19819 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19820 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19821
19822 \(fn)" t nil)
19823
19824 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19825 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19826 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19827 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19828
19829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19830
19831 ;;;***
19832 \f
19833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17842
19834 ;;;;;; 58277))
19835 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
19836 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19837 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19838 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19839 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19840 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19841 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19842 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19843 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19844 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19845
19846 ;;;***
19847 \f
19848 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (18016 8765))
19849 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19850
19851 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19852 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19853 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
19854 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19855 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19856 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19857
19858 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" nil)
19859
19860 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19861 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19862 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19863 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19864
19865 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19866 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19867
19868 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19869
19870 ;;;***
19871 \f
19872 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19873 ;;;;;; (17957 43164))
19874 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19875
19876 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19877 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19878 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19879 unknown are returned as nil.
19880
19881 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19882
19883 ;;;***
19884 \f
19885 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17842
19886 ;;;;;; 56332))
19887 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19888
19889 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19890 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19891 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19892
19893 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19894 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19895
19896 Other useful functions are:
19897
19898 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19899 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19900 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19901 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19902 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19903 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19904 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19905 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19906 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19907
19908 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19909
19910 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19911 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19912 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19913 Indentation for case statements.
19914 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19915 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19916 mark after an end.
19917 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19918 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19919 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19920 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19921 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19922 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19923 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19924 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19925 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19926 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19927
19928 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19929 pascal-separator-keywords.
19930
19931 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19932 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19933
19934 \(fn)" t nil)
19935
19936 ;;;***
19937 \f
19938 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19939 ;;;;;; (17842 54264))
19940 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19941
19942 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19943 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19944 The keys affected are:
19945 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19946 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19947 M-Backspace does undo.
19948 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19949 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19950 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19951
19952 \(fn)" t nil)
19953
19954 ;;;***
19955 \f
19956 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19957 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17842 54264))
19958 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19959
19960 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19961 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19962 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
19963 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19964 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19965 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19966
19967 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19968
19969 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19970 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19971
19972 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19973
19974 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19975 which modify the status of the mark.
19976
19977 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19978 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19979
19980 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19981 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19982
19983 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19984 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19985 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19986 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19987 turning PC Selection mode on.
19988
19989 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19990 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19991
19992 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19993 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19994 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19995
19996 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19997 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19998 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19999
20000 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20001 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20002
20003 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20004 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20005 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20006
20007 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20008 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20009 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20010
20011 F6 other-window
20012 DELETE delete-char
20013 C-DELETE kill-line
20014 M-DELETE kill-word
20015 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20016 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20017 M-BACKSPACE undo
20018
20019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20020
20021 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20022 Toggle PC Selection mode.
20023 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
20024 and cursor movement commands.
20025 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20026 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20027 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
20028
20029 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
20030
20031 ;;;***
20032 \f
20033 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17842
20034 ;;;;;; 58279))
20035 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20036
20037 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20038 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20039
20040 \(fn)" nil nil)
20041
20042 ;;;***
20043 \f
20044 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20045 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17842 58279))
20046 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20047
20048 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20049 Completion for `gzip'.
20050
20051 \(fn)" nil nil)
20052
20053 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20054 Completion for `bzip2'.
20055
20056 \(fn)" nil nil)
20057
20058 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20059 Completion for GNU `make'.
20060
20061 \(fn)" nil nil)
20062
20063 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20064 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20065
20066 \(fn)" nil nil)
20067
20068 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20069
20070 ;;;***
20071 \f
20072 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20073 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17842 58279))
20074 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20075
20076 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20077 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20078
20079 \(fn)" nil nil)
20080
20081 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20082 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20083
20084 \(fn)" nil nil)
20085
20086 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20087 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20088
20089 \(fn)" nil nil)
20090
20091 ;;;***
20092 \f
20093 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17842
20094 ;;;;;; 58279))
20095 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20096
20097 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20098 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20099 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20100 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20101 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20102 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20103
20104 \(fn)" nil nil)
20105
20106 ;;;***
20107 \f
20108 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
20109 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
20110 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17842 58279))
20111 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20112
20113 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20114 Completion for `cd'.
20115
20116 \(fn)" nil nil)
20117
20118 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
20119
20120 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20121 Completion for `rmdir'.
20122
20123 \(fn)" nil nil)
20124
20125 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20126 Completion for `rm'.
20127
20128 \(fn)" nil nil)
20129
20130 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20131 Completion for `xargs'.
20132
20133 \(fn)" nil nil)
20134
20135 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20136
20137 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20138 Completion for `which'.
20139
20140 \(fn)" nil nil)
20141
20142 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20143 Completion for the `chown' command.
20144
20145 \(fn)" nil nil)
20146
20147 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20148 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20149
20150 \(fn)" nil nil)
20151
20152 ;;;***
20153 \f
20154 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20155 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20156 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17944
20157 ;;;;;; 62194))
20158 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20159
20160 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
20161 Support extensible programmable completion.
20162 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20163 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20164
20165 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20166
20167 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
20168 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20169
20170 \(fn)" t nil)
20171
20172 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
20173 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20174 This will modify the current buffer.
20175
20176 \(fn)" t nil)
20177
20178 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
20179 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20180
20181 \(fn)" t nil)
20182
20183 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
20184 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20185 This will modify the current buffer.
20186
20187 \(fn)" t nil)
20188
20189 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
20190 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20191
20192 \(fn)" t nil)
20193
20194 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
20195 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20196
20197 \(fn)" t nil)
20198
20199 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20200 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20201 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20202 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20203 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20204
20205 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20206
20207 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20208 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20209
20210 \(fn)" nil nil)
20211
20212 ;;;***
20213 \f
20214 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20215 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20216 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (18006 55796))
20217 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20218
20219 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
20220 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20221 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20222 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20223
20224 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20225
20226 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20227
20228 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
20229 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20230 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20231 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20232 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20233 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20234 FLAGS is ignored.
20235
20236 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20237
20238 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
20239 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20240 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20241 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20242 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20243 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20244 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20245 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20246
20247 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20248
20249 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
20250 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20251 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20252 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20253 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20254 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20255 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20256 passed to cvs.
20257
20258 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20259
20260 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
20261 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20262 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20263 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20264 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20265 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20266 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20267
20268 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20269
20270 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
20271
20272 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
20273 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20274 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20275
20276 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs" t)
20277
20278 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
20279 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20280 A value of nil means never do it.
20281 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20282 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20283 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20284
20285 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs" t)
20286
20287 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20288 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20289 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20290
20291 ;;;***
20292 \f
20293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17842 58279))
20294 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20295
20296 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20297
20298 ;;;***
20299 \f
20300 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20301 ;;;;;; (17962 28280))
20302 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20303
20304 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20305 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20306 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20307 Tab indents for Perl code.
20308 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20309 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20310 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20311 \\{perl-mode-map}
20312 Variables controlling indentation style:
20313 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20314 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20315 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20316 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20317 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20318 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20319 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20320 `perl-nochange'
20321 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20322 `perl-indent-level'
20323 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20324 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20325 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20326 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20327 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20328 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20329 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20330 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20331 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20332 `perl-brace-offset'
20333 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20334 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20335 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20336 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20337 `perl-label-offset'
20338 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20339 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20340 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20341
20342 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20343 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20344 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20345 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20346 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20347 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20348 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20349
20350 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20351
20352 \(fn)" t nil)
20353
20354 ;;;***
20355 \f
20356 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20357 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20358 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20359 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17842 58279))
20360 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20361
20362 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20363 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20364
20365 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20366
20367 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20368 passphrase cache or user.
20369
20370 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20371
20372 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20373 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20374
20375 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20376 cache or user.
20377
20378 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20379
20380 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20381 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20382
20383 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20384 the region.
20385
20386 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20387 passphrase cache or user.
20388
20389 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20390
20391 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20392 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20393
20394 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20395
20396 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20397 the region.
20398
20399 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20400 passphrase cache or user.
20401
20402 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20403
20404 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20405 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20406
20407 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20408 passphrase cache or user.
20409
20410 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20411
20412 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20413 Decrypt the current buffer.
20414
20415 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20416 the region.
20417
20418 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20419 passphrase cache or user.
20420
20421 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20422
20423 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20424 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20425
20426 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20427 a detached signature.
20428
20429 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20430 and the the output is displayed.
20431
20432 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20433 passphrase cache or user.
20434
20435 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20436
20437 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20438 Sign the current buffer.
20439
20440 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20441 detached signature.
20442
20443 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20444 within the region.
20445
20446 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20447 and the the output is displayed.
20448
20449 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20450 passphrase cache or user.
20451
20452 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20453
20454 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20455 Verify the current region between START and END.
20456 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20457 the detached signature of the current region.
20458
20459 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20460 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20461
20462 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20463
20464 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20465 Verify the current buffer.
20466 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20467 the detached signature of the current region.
20468 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20469 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20470 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20471 within the region.
20472
20473 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20474
20475 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20476 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20477
20478 \(fn)" t nil)
20479
20480 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20481 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20482
20483 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20484
20485 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20486 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20487
20488 \(fn)" t nil)
20489
20490 ;;;***
20491 \f
20492 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20493 ;;;;;; (17887 33207))
20494 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20495
20496 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20497 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20498
20499 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20500
20501 ;;;***
20502 \f
20503 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20504 ;;;;;; (17842 58277))
20505 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20506
20507 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20508 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20509 \\<picture-mode-map>
20510 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20511 afterwards settable by these commands:
20512
20513 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20514 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20515 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20516 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20517
20518 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20519 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20520 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20521 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20522
20523 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20524 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20525 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20526 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20527
20528 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20529 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20530 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20531 with these commands:
20532
20533 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20534 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20535 Move to column following last
20536 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20537 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20538 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20539 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20540 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20541 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20542
20543 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20544
20545 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20546 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20547 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20548 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20549 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20550 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20551
20552 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20553 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20554 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20555 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20556 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20557 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20558 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20559
20560 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20561 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20562 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20563 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20564 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20565 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20566 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20567 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20568
20569 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20570 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20571 by supplying an argument.
20572
20573 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20574
20575 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20576 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20577
20578 \(fn)" t nil)
20579
20580 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20581
20582 ;;;***
20583 \f
20584 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20585 ;;;;;; (17842 58277))
20586 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20587
20588 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20589 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20590 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20591
20592 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20593
20594 ;;;***
20595 \f
20596 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17842 55395))
20597 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20598
20599 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20600 Play pong and waste time.
20601 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20602 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20603
20604 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20605
20606 \\{pong-mode-map}
20607
20608 \(fn)" t nil)
20609
20610 ;;;***
20611 \f
20612 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20613 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17852 19612))
20614 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20615
20616 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20617 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20618 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20619 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20620
20621 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20622
20623 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20624 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20625
20626 \(fn)" nil nil)
20627
20628 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20629 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20630 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20631 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20632 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20633
20634 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20635
20636 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20637 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20638 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20639
20640 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20641
20642 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20643 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20644 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20645 Ignores leading comment characters.
20646
20647 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20648
20649 ;;;***
20650 \f
20651 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20652 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20653 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20654 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20655 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20656 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20657 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20658 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20659 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20660 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20661 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20662 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20663 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20664 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20665 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20666 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20667 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20668 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20669 ;;;;;; (18006 55796))
20670 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20671
20672 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20673 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20674
20675 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20676
20677 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20678
20679 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20680
20681 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20682 Preview directory using ghostview.
20683
20684 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20685 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20686 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20687 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20688
20689 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20690 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20691 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20692 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20693 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20694 file name.
20695
20696 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20697
20698 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20699
20700 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20701 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20702
20703 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20704 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20705 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20706 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20707
20708 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20709 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20710 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20711 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20712 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20713 file name.
20714
20715 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20716
20717 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20718
20719 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20720 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20721
20722 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20723 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20724 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20725 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20726
20727 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20728 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20729 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20730 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20731 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20732 file name.
20733
20734 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20735
20736 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20737
20738 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20739 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20740
20741 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20742
20743 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20744 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20745 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20746 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20747
20748 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20749 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20750 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20751 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20752 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20753 file name.
20754
20755 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20756
20757 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20758
20759 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20760 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20761
20762 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20763 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20764 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20765
20766 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20767 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20768 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20769 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20770
20771 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20772
20773 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20774 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20775
20776 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20777 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20778 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20779
20780 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20781 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20782 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20783 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20784
20785 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20786
20787 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20788 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20789
20790 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20791 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20792 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20793
20794 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20795 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20796 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20797 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20798
20799 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20800
20801 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20802 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20803
20804 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20805
20806 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20807 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20808 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20809
20810 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20811 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20812 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20813 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20814
20815 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20816
20817 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20818 Preview region using ghostview.
20819
20820 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20821
20822 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20823
20824 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20825 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20826
20827 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20828
20829 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20830
20831 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20832 Print region using PostScript printer.
20833
20834 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20835
20836 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20837
20838 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20839 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20840
20841 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20842
20843 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20844
20845 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20846 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20847
20848 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20849
20850 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20851
20852 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20853 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20854
20855 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20856
20857 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20858
20859 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20860 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20861
20862 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20863
20864 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20865
20866 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20867 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20868
20869 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20870
20871 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20872
20873 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20874 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20875 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20876 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20877
20878 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20879 matching.
20880
20881 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20882 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20883
20884 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20885
20886 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20887
20888 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20889 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20890 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20891 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20892
20893 \(fn)" t nil)
20894
20895 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20896 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20897 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20898 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20899
20900 \(fn)" t nil)
20901
20902 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20903 Print directory using text printer.
20904
20905 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20906 matching.
20907
20908 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20909 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20910
20911 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20912
20913 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20914
20915 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20916 Print buffer using text printer.
20917
20918 \(fn)" t nil)
20919
20920 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20921 Print region using text printer.
20922
20923 \(fn)" t nil)
20924
20925 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20926 Print major mode using text printer.
20927
20928 \(fn)" t nil)
20929
20930 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20931 Preview spooled PostScript.
20932
20933 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20934 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20935 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20936
20937 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20938 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20939 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20940
20941 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20942
20943 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20944 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20945
20946 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20947 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20948 instead of sending it to the printer.
20949
20950 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20951 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20952 image in a file with that name.
20953
20954 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20955
20956 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20957 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20958
20959 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20960 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20961 instead of sending it to the printer.
20962
20963 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20964 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20965 image in a file with that name.
20966
20967 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20968
20969 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20970 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20971
20972 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20973 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20974 instead of sending it to the printer.
20975
20976 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20977 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20978 image in a file with that name.
20979
20980 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20981
20982 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20983 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20984
20985 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20986
20987 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20988 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20989
20990 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20991
20992 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20993 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20994
20995 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20996
20997 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20998 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20999
21000 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21001
21002 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
21003 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21004
21005 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21006
21007 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
21008 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21009
21010 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21011 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21012 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21013 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21014
21015 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21016 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21017 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21018 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21019 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21020 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21021 file name.
21022
21023 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21024
21025 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
21026 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21027
21028 \(fn)" t nil)
21029
21030 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
21031 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21032
21033 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21034 right.
21035 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21036 bottom.
21037
21038 \(fn)" t nil)
21039
21040 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
21041 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21042
21043 \(fn)" t nil)
21044
21045 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21046 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21047
21048 \(fn)" t nil)
21049
21050 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
21051 Toggle printing with faces.
21052
21053 \(fn)" t nil)
21054
21055 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
21056 Toggle spooling.
21057
21058 \(fn)" t nil)
21059
21060 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
21061 Toggle duplex.
21062
21063 \(fn)" t nil)
21064
21065 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
21066 Toggle tumble.
21067
21068 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21069 right.
21070 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21071 bottom.
21072
21073 \(fn)" t nil)
21074
21075 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
21076 Toggle landscape.
21077
21078 \(fn)" t nil)
21079
21080 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
21081 Toggle upside-down.
21082
21083 \(fn)" t nil)
21084
21085 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
21086 Toggle line number.
21087
21088 \(fn)" t nil)
21089
21090 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
21091 Toggle zebra stripes.
21092
21093 \(fn)" t nil)
21094
21095 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
21096 Toggle printing header.
21097
21098 \(fn)" t nil)
21099
21100 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
21101 Toggle printing header frame.
21102
21103 \(fn)" t nil)
21104
21105 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
21106 Toggle menu lock.
21107
21108 \(fn)" t nil)
21109
21110 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
21111 Toggle auto region.
21112
21113 \(fn)" t nil)
21114
21115 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
21116 Toggle auto mode.
21117
21118 \(fn)" t nil)
21119
21120 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
21121 Customization of the `printing' group.
21122
21123 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21124
21125 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
21126 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21127
21128 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21129
21130 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
21131 Help for the printing package.
21132
21133 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21134
21135 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
21136 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21137
21138 \(fn)" t nil)
21139
21140 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
21141 Interactively select a text printer.
21142
21143 \(fn)" t nil)
21144
21145 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
21146 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21147
21148 \(fn)" t nil)
21149
21150 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
21151 Show current ps-print settings.
21152
21153 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21154
21155 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
21156 Show current printing settings.
21157
21158 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21159
21160 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
21161 Show current lpr settings.
21162
21163 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21164
21165 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21166 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21167
21168 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21169 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21170 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21171 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21172
21173
21174 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21175
21176 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21177 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21178 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21179
21180 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21181 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21182 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21183 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21184 current active printer.
21185
21186 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21187 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21188 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21189 printer.
21190
21191 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21192 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21193 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21194 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21195 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21196
21197
21198 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21199 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21200
21201 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21202
21203 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21204 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21205 be done using the new current active printer.
21206
21207 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21208 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21209 printer.
21210
21211 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21212 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21213 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21214 instead of sending it to the printer.
21215
21216 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21217 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21218 printer.
21219
21220 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21221
21222
21223 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21224 are both set to t.
21225
21226 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21227
21228 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21229 Fast fire function for text printing.
21230
21231 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21232 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21233 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21234 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21235
21236 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21237 user for a new active text printer.
21238
21239 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21240
21241 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21242
21243 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21244 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21245 printer.
21246
21247 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21248
21249 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21250 are both set to t.
21251
21252 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21253
21254 ;;;***
21255 \f
21256 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21257 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
21258 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21259
21260 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
21261 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21262 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21263 Commands:
21264 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21265 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21266 if that value is non-nil.
21267
21268 \(fn)" t nil)
21269
21270 (defalias (quote run-prolog) (quote switch-to-prolog))
21271
21272 (autoload (quote switch-to-prolog) "prolog" "\
21273 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21274 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21275
21276 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21277
21278 ;;;***
21279 \f
21280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17842 58279))
21281 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21282
21283 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
21284 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21285 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21286
21287 ;;;***
21288 \f
21289 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17842
21290 ;;;;;; 56332))
21291 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21292
21293 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
21294 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21295
21296 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21297
21298 The following variables hold user options, and can
21299 be set through the `customize' command:
21300
21301 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21302 `ps-mode-tab'
21303 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21304 `ps-mode-print-function'
21305 `ps-run-prompt'
21306 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21307 `ps-run-x'
21308 `ps-run-dumb'
21309 `ps-run-init'
21310 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21311 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21312
21313 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21314
21315
21316 \\{ps-mode-map}
21317
21318
21319 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21320 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21321 The keymap for this second window is:
21322
21323 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21324
21325
21326 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21327 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21328 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21329 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21330 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21331
21332 \(fn)" t nil)
21333
21334 ;;;***
21335 \f
21336 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21337 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21338 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21339 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17842 58279))
21340 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21341
21342 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21343 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21344
21345 Valid values are:
21346
21347 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21348 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21349 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21350 changed by setting the variable
21351 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21352 The initial value of this variable is
21353 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21354 documentation).
21355
21356 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21357 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21358 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21359 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21360 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21361 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21362 test it.
21363
21364 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21365 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21366 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21367 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21368 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21369 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21370 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21371 use this value, be sure to have installed
21372 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21373 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21374 documentation of this variable).
21375
21376 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21377 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21378 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21379 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21380 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21381 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21382
21383 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21384
21385 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" t)
21386
21387 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21388 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21389 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21390
21391 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21392
21393 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21394 Not documented
21395
21396 \(fn)" nil nil)
21397
21398 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21399 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21400
21401 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21402
21403 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21404
21405 Returns the value:
21406
21407 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21408
21409 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21410 the sequence.
21411
21412 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21413
21414 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21415 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21416
21417 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21418 composition.
21419
21420 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21421
21422 Returns the value:
21423
21424 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21425
21426 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21427 the sequence.
21428
21429 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21430
21431 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21432 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21433
21434 \(fn)" nil nil)
21435
21436 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21437 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21438 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21439
21440 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21441
21442 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21443 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21444 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21445
21446 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21447
21448 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21449 Not documented
21450
21451 \(fn)" nil nil)
21452
21453 ;;;***
21454 \f
21455 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21456 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21457 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21458 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21459 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21460 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18006
21461 ;;;;;; 55796))
21462 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21463
21464 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21465 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21466 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21467
21468 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" t)
21469
21470 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21471 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21472 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21473 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21474
21475 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print" t)
21476
21477 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21478 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21479
21480 Valid values are:
21481
21482 nil Do not print colors.
21483
21484 t Print colors.
21485
21486 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21487 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21488
21489 Any other value is treated as t.")
21490
21491 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print" t)
21492
21493 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21494 Customization of ps-print group.
21495
21496 \(fn)" t nil)
21497
21498 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21499 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21500
21501 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21502 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21503 sending it to the printer.
21504
21505 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21506 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21507 image in a file with that name.
21508
21509 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21510
21511 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21512 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21513 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21514 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21515 so it has a way to determine color values.
21516
21517 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21518
21519 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21520 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21521 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21522
21523 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21524
21525 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21526 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21527 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21528 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21529 so it has a way to determine color values.
21530
21531 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21532
21533 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21534 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21535 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21536 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21537
21538 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21539
21540 \(fn)" t nil)
21541
21542 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21543 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21544 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21545 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21546 so it has a way to determine color values.
21547
21548 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21549
21550 \(fn)" t nil)
21551
21552 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21553 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21554 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21555
21556 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21557
21558 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21559
21560 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21561 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21562 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21563 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21564 so it has a way to determine color values.
21565
21566 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21567
21568 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21569
21570 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21571 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21572
21573 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21574 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21575 instead of sending it to the printer.
21576
21577 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21578 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21579 image in a file with that name.
21580
21581 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21582
21583 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21584 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21585 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21586 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21587 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21588
21589 \(fn)" t nil)
21590
21591 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21592 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21593 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21594
21595 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21596
21597 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21598 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21599 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21600
21601 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21602
21603 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21604 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21605
21606 \(fn)" nil nil)
21607
21608 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21609 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21610
21611 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21612 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21613
21614 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21615 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21616
21617 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21618
21619 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21620
21621 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21622
21623 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21624 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21625
21626 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21627 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21628
21629 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21630 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21631
21632 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21633
21634 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21635
21636 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21637
21638 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21639 foreground and background colors respectively.
21640
21641 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21642 bold - use bold font.
21643 italic - use italic font.
21644 underline - put a line under text.
21645 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21646 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21647 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21648 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21649 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21650
21651 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21652
21653 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21654
21655 ;;;***
21656 \f
21657 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21658 ;;;;;; (17992 30878))
21659 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21660
21661 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21662
21663 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21664
21665 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21666
21667 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21668 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21669 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21670 buffer automatically.
21671
21672 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21673 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21674 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21675 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21676 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21677 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21678 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21679
21680 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21681 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21682 buffer for a list of commands.)
21683
21684 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21685
21686 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21687 Major mode for editing Python files.
21688 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21689 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21690 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21691 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21692
21693 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21694 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21695 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21696 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21697 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21698 \\<python-mode-map>
21699 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21700 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21701 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21702 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21703 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21704 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21705
21706 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21707 effect outside them.
21708
21709 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21710 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21711 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21712 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21713 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21714 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21715 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21716 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21717 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21718
21719 \\{python-mode-map}
21720
21721 \(fn)" t nil)
21722
21723 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21724 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21725 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21726 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21727
21728 \(fn)" t nil)
21729
21730 ;;;***
21731 \f
21732 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21733 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
21734 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21735
21736 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21737 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21738 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21739 coding-system.
21740
21741 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21742 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21743
21744 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21745 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21746 them into characters should be done separately.
21747
21748 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21749
21750 ;;;***
21751 \f
21752 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21753 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21754 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21755 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21756 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17921 16827))
21757 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21758
21759 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21760 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21761
21762 \(fn)" nil nil)
21763
21764 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21765 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21766 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21767
21768 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21769 `quail-activate', which see.
21770
21771 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21772
21773 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21774 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21775 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21776 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21777 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21778 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21779 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21780
21781 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21782 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21783 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21784 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21785 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21786 shown.
21787 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21788
21789 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21790 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21791 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21792 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21793 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21794 list of candidates.
21795
21796 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21797 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21798 command to be called.
21799
21800 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21801 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21802 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21803 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21804
21805 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21806 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21807 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21808 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21809 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21810 to t.
21811
21812 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21813 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21814 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21815 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21816
21817 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21818 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21819 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21820 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21821
21822 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21823 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21824 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21825 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21826 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21827 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21828
21829 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21830 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21831 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21832 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21833 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21834 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21835
21836 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21837 covers Quail translation region.
21838
21839 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21840 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21841 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21842 for it) is inserted.
21843
21844 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21845 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21846 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21847
21848 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21849 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21850 non-Quail commands.
21851
21852 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21853
21854 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21855 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21856
21857 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21858 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21859 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21860 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21861 you type is correctly handled.
21862
21863 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21864
21865 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21866 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21867
21868 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21869 keyboard type.
21870
21871 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21872
21873 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21874 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21875 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21876 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21877 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21878 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21879 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21880 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21881 for the translation.
21882 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21883
21884 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21885 it is used to handle KEY.
21886
21887 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21888 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21889 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21890 the following annotation types are supported.
21891
21892 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21893 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21894
21895 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21896 candidate list.
21897
21898 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21899 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21900 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21901 inserted.
21902
21903 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21904 generated for the following translations.
21905
21906 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21907
21908 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21909 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21910
21911 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21912 which to install MAP.
21913
21914 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21915
21916 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21917
21918 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21919 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21920
21921 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21922 which to install MAP.
21923
21924 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21925
21926 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21927
21928 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21929 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21930 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21931 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21932 a function, or a cons.
21933 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21934 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21935 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21936 for the translation.
21937 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21938 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21939 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21940 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21941 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21942
21943 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21944 it is used to handle KEY.
21945
21946 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21947 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21948 current Quail package.
21949
21950 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21951 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21952
21953 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21954
21955 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21956 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21957
21958 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21959 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21960
21961 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21962
21963 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21964 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21965
21966 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21967
21968 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21969 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21970 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21971 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21972 of the Emacs source tree.
21973
21974 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21975 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21976
21977 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21978 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21979 of each directory.
21980
21981 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21982
21983 ;;;***
21984 \f
21985 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21986 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21987 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17842
21988 ;;;;;; 55218))
21989 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21990
21991 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21992 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21993 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21994 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21995
21996 To make use of this do something like:
21997
21998 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21999
22000 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22001
22002 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
22003 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22004
22005 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22006 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22007 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22008
22009 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22010
22011 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
22012 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22013
22014 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22015
22016 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
22017 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22018
22019 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22020 is decided.
22021
22022 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22023
22024 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
22025 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22026
22027 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22028 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22029 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22030
22031 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22032
22033 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
22034 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22035
22036 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22037
22038 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
22039 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22040
22041 \(fn)" t nil)
22042
22043 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
22044 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22045
22046 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22047
22048 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22049
22050 \(fn)" t nil)
22051
22052 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
22053 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22054
22055 \(fn)" t nil)
22056
22057 ;;;***
22058 \f
22059 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22060 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (18006 55797))
22061 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22062
22063 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
22064 Connect to IRC.
22065 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
22066
22067 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22068
22069 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
22070
22071 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
22072 Not documented
22073
22074 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22075
22076 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22077 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22078 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22079 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22080 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22081 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22082
22083 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" nil)
22084
22085 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
22086 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22087
22088 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22089
22090 ;;;***
22091 \f
22092 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17842
22093 ;;;;;; 55218))
22094 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22095
22096 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
22097 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22098 See \\[compile].
22099
22100 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22101
22102 ;;;***
22103 \f
22104 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22105 ;;;;;; (17917 37732))
22106 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22107
22108 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
22109
22110 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
22111 Construct a regexp interactively.
22112
22113 \(fn)" t nil)
22114
22115 ;;;***
22116 \f
22117 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17930 34071))
22118 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22119
22120 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22121 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22122 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22123 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22124 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22125 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22126
22127 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" nil)
22128
22129 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
22130 Toggle recentf mode.
22131 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22132 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22133
22134 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22135 that were operated on recently.
22136
22137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22138
22139 ;;;***
22140 \f
22141 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22142 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22143 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22144 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17842
22145 ;;;;;; 58279))
22146 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22147
22148 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
22149 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22150 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22151 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22152
22153 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22154
22155 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
22156
22157 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
22158 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22159 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22160 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22161 ends.
22162
22163 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22164 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22165 to be deleted.
22166
22167 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22168
22169 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22170 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22171 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22172
22173 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22174 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22175 deleted.
22176
22177 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22178
22179 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22180 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22181 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22182
22183 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22184
22185 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
22186 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22187
22188 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22189 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22190
22191 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22192 deleted.
22193
22194 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22195 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22196 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22197 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22198 even beep.)
22199
22200 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22201
22202 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
22203 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22204
22205 \(fn)" t nil)
22206
22207 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22208 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22209 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22210 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22211 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22212 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22213 and point is at the lower right corner.
22214
22215 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22216
22217 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
22218 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22219
22220 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22221 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22222
22223 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22224 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22225 on the right side of the rectangle.
22226
22227 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22228
22229 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
22230
22231 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
22232 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22233 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22234 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22235 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22236
22237 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22238 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22239
22240 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22241
22242 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
22243 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22244 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22245
22246 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22247
22248 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22249
22250 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
22251
22252 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22253 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22254
22255 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22256 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22257 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22258
22259 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22260
22261 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
22262 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22263 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22264
22265 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22266 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22267 rectangle which were empty.
22268
22269 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22270
22271 ;;;***
22272 \f
22273 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17842
22274 ;;;;;; 58277))
22275 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22276
22277 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
22278 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22279 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
22280
22281 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22282 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22283 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22284
22285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22286
22287 ;;;***
22288 \f
22289 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22290 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17923 8784))
22291 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22292
22293 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
22294 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22295
22296 \(fn)" nil nil)
22297
22298 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22299 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22300
22301 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22302 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22303
22304 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22305 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22306 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22307 \\ref macro.
22308
22309 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22310 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22311 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22312
22313 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22314 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22315 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22316
22317 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22318 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22319
22320 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22321 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22322
22323 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22324 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22325 on the menu bar.
22326
22327 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22328
22329 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22330
22331 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22332 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22333 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22334
22335 \(fn)" nil nil)
22336
22337 ;;;***
22338 \f
22339 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22340 ;;;;;; (17923 8784))
22341 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22342
22343 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22344 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22345 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22346 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22347 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22348 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22349
22350 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22351
22352 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22353
22354 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22355 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22356 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22357 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22358 `reftex-cite-format'.
22359
22360 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22361 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22362 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22363 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22364
22365 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22366
22367 ;;;***
22368 \f
22369 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22370 ;;;;;; (17923 8784))
22371 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22372
22373 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22374 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22375 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22376 the current TeX document.
22377
22378 With no argument, this command toggles
22379 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22380 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22381
22382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22383
22384 ;;;***
22385 \f
22386 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22387 ;;;;;; (17923 8784))
22388 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22389
22390 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22391 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22392 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22393
22394 To insert new phrases, use
22395 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22396 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22397
22398 To index phrases use one of:
22399
22400 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22401 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22402 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22403 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22404 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22405
22406 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22407 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22408
22409 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22410
22411 Here are all local bindings.
22412
22413 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22414
22415 \(fn)" t nil)
22416
22417 ;;;***
22418 \f
22419 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22420 ;;;;;; (17923 8784))
22421 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22422
22423 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22424 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22425 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22426 of master file.
22427
22428 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22429
22430 ;;;***
22431 \f
22432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17923
22433 ;;;;;; 8784))
22434 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22435 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22436 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22437 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22438 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22439
22440 ;;;***
22441 \f
22442 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22443 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
22444 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22445
22446 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22447 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22448 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22449 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22450 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22451 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22452
22453 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22454 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22455
22456 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22457 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22458
22459 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22460
22461 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22462 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22463 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22464 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22465
22466 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22467
22468 ;;;***
22469 \f
22470 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17842 58279))
22471 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22472
22473 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22474 Repeat most recently executed command.
22475 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22476 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22477 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22478
22479 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22480 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22481 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22482
22483 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22484
22485 ;;;***
22486 \f
22487 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22488 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
22489 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22490
22491 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22492 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22493
22494 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22495 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22496 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22497 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22498 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22499 and point is left after the salutation.
22500
22501 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22502 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22503 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22504 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22505 left after that text.
22506
22507 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22508 is non-nil.
22509
22510 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22511 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22512 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22513 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22514
22515 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22516
22517 ;;;***
22518 \f
22519 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22520 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
22521 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22522
22523 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22524 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22525 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22526 visibility of comments that precede it.
22527 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22528 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22529 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22530 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22531 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22532 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22533 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22534 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22535 the comment lines.
22536 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22537 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22538 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22539 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22540 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22541
22542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22543 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22544
22545 ;;;***
22546 \f
22547 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17842
22548 ;;;;;; 58279))
22549 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22550
22551 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22552 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22553
22554 \(fn)" nil nil)
22555
22556 ;;;***
22557 \f
22558 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22559 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
22560 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22561
22562 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22563 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22564 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22565
22566 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22567 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22568 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22569
22570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22571
22572 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22573 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22574 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22575 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22576 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22577 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22578
22579 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" nil)
22580
22581 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22582 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22583 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22584
22585 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22586 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22587 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22588
22589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22590
22591 ;;;***
22592 \f
22593 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22594 ;;;;;; (17842 54152))
22595 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22596
22597 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22598 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22599
22600 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22601
22602 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22603 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22604
22605 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22606
22607 ;;;***
22608 \f
22609 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17842 55218))
22610 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22611 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22612
22613 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22614 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22615 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22616 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22617
22618 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22619
22620 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22621 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22622 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22623 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22624
22625 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22626 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22627
22628 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22629 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22630
22631 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22632 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22633 INPUT-ARGS.
22634
22635 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22636 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22637 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22638 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22639 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22640
22641 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22642 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22643 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22644 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22645
22646 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22647 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22648 variable.
22649
22650 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22651
22652 ;;;***
22653 \f
22654 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22655 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22656 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22657 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22658 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22659 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22660 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (18006
22661 ;;;;;; 55797))
22662 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22663
22664 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22665 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22666 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22667
22668 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22669
22670 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22671 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22672 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22673 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22674
22675 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" t)
22676
22677 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22678 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22679 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22680 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22681 value is the user's email address and name.)
22682 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22683
22684 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22685 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22686 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22687 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22688 which normally happens once for each message,
22689 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22690 To make a change in this variable take effect
22691 for a message that you have already viewed,
22692 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22693
22694 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22695
22696 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22697 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22698 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22699 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22700
22701 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail" t)
22702
22703 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22704 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22705
22706 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22707
22708 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22709 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22710 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22711 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22712
22713 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail" t)
22714
22715 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22716 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22717
22718 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail" t)
22719
22720 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22721 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22722
22723 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail" t)
22724
22725 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22726 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22727 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22728 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22729 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22730
22731 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail" t)
22732
22733 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22734 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22735 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22736 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22737
22738 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail" t)
22739
22740 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22741 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22742
22743 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail" t)
22744
22745 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22746 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22747
22748 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail" t)
22749
22750 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22751 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22752
22753 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail" t)
22754
22755 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22756 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22757
22758 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22759 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22760
22761 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22762 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22763
22764 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail" t)
22765
22766 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22767 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22768
22769 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22770 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22771 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22772 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22773
22774 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22775 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22776
22777 This is set to nil by default.")
22778
22779 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22780 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22781 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22782 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22783 until a user explicitly requires it.
22784
22785 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22786 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22787 in your session.")
22788
22789 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail" t)
22790
22791 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22792 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22793 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22794 It is called with no argument.")
22795
22796 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22797 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22798 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22799 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22800 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22801 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22802 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22803
22804 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22805 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22806 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22807 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22808 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22809 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22810
22811 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22812 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22813 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22814 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22815 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22816
22817 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22818 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22819 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22820 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22821 MSG is the message number,
22822 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22823 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22824
22825 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22826 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22827 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22828 this feature is required with `require'.
22829
22830 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22831 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22832
22833 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22834 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22835 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22836 the message is decoded as normal way.
22837
22838 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22839 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22840 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22841
22842 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22843 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22844 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22845
22846 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22847 Read and edit incoming mail.
22848 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22849 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22850 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22851
22852 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22853 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22854 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22855 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22856
22857 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22858
22859 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22860
22861 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22862 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22863 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22864 Instead, these commands are available:
22865
22866 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22867 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22868 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22869 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22870 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22871 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22872 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22873 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22874 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22875 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22876 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22877 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22878 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22879 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22880 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22881 till a deleted message is found.
22882 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22883 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22884 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22885 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22886 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22887 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22888 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22889 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22890 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22891 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22892 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22893 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22894 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22895 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22896 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22897 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22898 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22899 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22900 (label defaults to last one specified).
22901 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22902 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22903 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22904 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22905 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22906 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22907 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22908 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22909 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22910
22911 \(fn)" t nil)
22912
22913 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22914 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22915
22916 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22917
22918 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22919 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22920
22921 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22922
22923 ;;;***
22924 \f
22925 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22926 ;;;;;; (17887 18399))
22927 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22928
22929 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22930 Edit the contents of this message.
22931
22932 \(fn)" t nil)
22933
22934 ;;;***
22935 \f
22936 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22937 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22938 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17842 55035))
22939 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22940
22941 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22942 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22943 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22944
22945 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22946
22947 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22948 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22949 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22950
22951 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22952
22953 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22954 Not documented
22955
22956 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22957
22958 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22959 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22960 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22961 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22962 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22963
22964 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22965
22966 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22967 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22968 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22969 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22970 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22971
22972 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22973
22974 ;;;***
22975 \f
22976 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22977 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
22978 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22979
22980 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22981 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22982 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22983 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22984
22985 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22986
22987 ;;;***
22988 \f
22989 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22990 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22991 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17842 55035))
22992 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22993
22994 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22995 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22996 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22997 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22998 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22999 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
23000 a file name as a string.")
23001
23002 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" t)
23003
23004 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
23005 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
23006 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
23007 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
23008 buffer visiting that file.
23009 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
23010 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
23011
23012 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
23013 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23014
23015 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23016 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23017
23018 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
23019 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
23020
23021 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
23022
23023 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
23024 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
23025
23026 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout" t)
23027
23028 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
23029 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
23030 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23031 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23032 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
23033
23034 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
23035 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
23036 will be appended with their original headers.
23037
23038 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23039 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23040
23041 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
23042 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
23043
23044 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
23045
23046 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23047
23048 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
23049 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23050 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23051
23052 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23053
23054 ;;;***
23055 \f
23056 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23057 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23058 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17842
23059 ;;;;;; 55035))
23060 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23061
23062 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
23063 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23064 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23065
23066 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23067
23068 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
23069 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23070 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23071
23072 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23073
23074 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
23075 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23076 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23077
23078 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23079
23080 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
23081 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23082 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23083
23084 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23085
23086 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
23087 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23088 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23089
23090 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23091
23092 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
23093 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23094 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23095
23096 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23097
23098 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
23099 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23100 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23101 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23102
23103 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23104
23105 ;;;***
23106 \f
23107 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23108 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23109 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23110 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23111 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17842 55035))
23112 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23113
23114 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23115 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23116
23117 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" t)
23118
23119 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23120 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23121
23122 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum" t)
23123
23124 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
23125 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23126
23127 \(fn)" t nil)
23128
23129 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
23130 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23131 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23132
23133 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23134
23135 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
23136 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23137 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23138 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23139 only look in the To and From fields.
23140 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23141
23142 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23143
23144 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
23145 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23146 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23147 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23148 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23149
23150 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23151
23152 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
23153 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23154 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23155 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23156 look in the whole message.
23157 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23158
23159 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23160
23161 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
23162 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23163 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23164
23165 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23166
23167 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
23168 *Function to decode summary-line.
23169
23170 By default, `identity' is set.")
23171
23172 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum" t)
23173
23174 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23175 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23176 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23177 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23178 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23179 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23180 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23181
23182 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23183 sent by you under different user names.
23184 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23185
23186 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23187
23188 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum" t)
23189
23190 ;;;***
23191 \f
23192 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23193 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17842 58279))
23194 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23195
23196 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
23197 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23198
23199 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23200
23201 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
23202 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23203
23204 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23205
23206 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
23207 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23208
23209 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23210
23211 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
23212 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23213 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23214
23215 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23216 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23217 in ROT13.
23218
23219 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23220
23221 \(fn)" t nil)
23222
23223 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
23224 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23225
23226 \(fn)" t nil)
23227
23228 ;;;***
23229 \f
23230 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17833
23231 ;;;;;; 43069))
23232 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23233
23234 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
23235 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23236
23237 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23238
23239 ;;;***
23240 \f
23241 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18011
23242 ;;;;;; 44080))
23243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23244
23245 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
23246 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23247 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23248 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23249
23250 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23251
23252 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
23253 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23254 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23255 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23256
23257 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23258 notation.
23259
23260 STRING
23261 matches string STRING literally.
23262
23263 CHAR
23264 matches character CHAR literally.
23265
23266 `not-newline', `nonl'
23267 matches any character except a newline.
23268 .
23269 `anything'
23270 matches any character
23271
23272 `(any SET ...)'
23273 `(in SET ...)'
23274 `(char SET ...)'
23275 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23276 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23277 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23278
23279 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23280 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23281 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23282 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23283
23284 `(not (any SET ...))'
23285 matches any character not in SET ...
23286
23287 `line-start', `bol'
23288 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23289 in the text being matched
23290
23291 `line-end', `eol'
23292 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23293
23294 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23295 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23296 string being matched against.
23297
23298 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23299 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23300 string being matched against.
23301
23302 `buffer-start'
23303 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23304 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23305
23306 `buffer-end'
23307 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23308 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23309
23310 `point'
23311 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23312
23313 `word-start', `bow'
23314 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23315
23316 `word-end', `eow'
23317 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23318
23319 `word-boundary'
23320 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23321 word.
23322
23323 `(not word-boundary)'
23324 `not-word-boundary'
23325 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23326 word.
23327
23328 `symbol-start'
23329 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23330
23331 `symbol-end'
23332 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23333
23334 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23335 matches 0 through 9.
23336
23337 `control', `cntrl'
23338 matches ASCII control characters.
23339
23340 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23341 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23342
23343 `blank'
23344 matches space and tab only.
23345
23346 `graphic', `graph'
23347 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23348 space, and DEL.
23349
23350 `printing', `print'
23351 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23352 and DEL.
23353
23354 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23355 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23356 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23357
23358 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23359 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23360 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23361
23362 `ascii'
23363 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23364
23365 `nonascii'
23366 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23367
23368 `lower', `lower-case'
23369 matches anything lower-case.
23370
23371 `upper', `upper-case'
23372 matches anything upper-case.
23373
23374 `punctuation', `punct'
23375 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23376 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23377
23378 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23379 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23380
23381 `word', `wordchar'
23382 matches anything that has word syntax.
23383
23384 `not-wordchar'
23385 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23386
23387 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23388 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23389 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23390 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23391
23392 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23393 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23394 `word' (\\sw)
23395 `symbol' (\\s_)
23396 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23397 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23398 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23399 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23400 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23401 `escape' (\\s\\)
23402 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23403 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23404 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23405 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23406 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23407
23408 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23409 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23410
23411 `(category CATEGORY)'
23412 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23413 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23414
23415 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23416 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23417 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23418 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23419 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23420 `symbol' (\\c5)
23421 `digit' (\\c6)
23422 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23423 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23424 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23425 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23426 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23427 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23428 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23429 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23430 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23431 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23432 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23433 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23434 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23435 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23436 `ascii' (\\ca)
23437 `arabic' (\\cb)
23438 `chinese' (\\cc)
23439 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23440 `greek' (\\cg)
23441 `korean' (\\ch)
23442 `indian' (\\ci)
23443 `japanese' (\\cj)
23444 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23445 `latin' (\\cl)
23446 `lao' (\\co)
23447 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23448 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23449 `thai' (\\ct)
23450 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23451 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23452 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23453 `can-break' (\\c|)
23454
23455 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23456 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23457
23458 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23459 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23460 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23461 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23462 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23463
23464 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23465 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23466 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23467 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23468
23469 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23470 another name for `submatch'.
23471
23472 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23473 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23474 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23475 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23476 regular expression.
23477
23478 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23479 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23480 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23481 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23482 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23483
23484 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23485 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23486
23487 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23488 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23489
23490 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23491 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23492 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23493
23494 `(* SEXP ...)'
23495 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23496 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23497
23498 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23499 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23500 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23501
23502 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23503 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23504 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23505
23506 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23507 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23508
23509 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23510 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23511
23512 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23513 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23514 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23515 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23516
23517 `(? SEXP ...)'
23518 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23519
23520 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23521 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23522
23523 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23524 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23525 matches N occurrences.
23526
23527 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23528 matches N or more occurrences.
23529
23530 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23531 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23532 matches N to M occurrences.
23533
23534 `(backref N)'
23535 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23536
23537 `(backref N)'
23538 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23539
23540 `(backref N)'
23541 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23542
23543 `(eval FORM)'
23544 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23545 `regexp-quote' it.
23546
23547 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23548 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23549
23550 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23551
23552 ;;;***
23553 \f
23554 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23555 ;;;;;; (17842 58279))
23556 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23557
23558 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23559 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23560 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23561 interface.")
23562
23563 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" nil)
23564
23565 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23566 Toggle savehist-mode.
23567 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23568 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23569 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23570 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23571
23572 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23573 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23574 which is probably undesirable.
23575
23576 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23577
23578 ;;;***
23579 \f
23580 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23581 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
23582 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23583
23584 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23585 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23586 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23587
23588 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23589 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23590 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23591 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23592 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23593 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23594 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23595 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23596
23597 Commands:
23598 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23599 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23600 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23601 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23602 if that value is non-nil.
23603
23604 \(fn)" t nil)
23605
23606 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23607 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23608 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23609
23610 Commands:
23611 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23612 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23613 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23614 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23615 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23616 that variable's value is a string.
23617
23618 \(fn)" t nil)
23619
23620 ;;;***
23621 \f
23622 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23623 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
23624 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23625
23626 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23627 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23628 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23629
23630 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23631
23632 \(fn)" t nil)
23633
23634 ;;;***
23635 \f
23636 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23637 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
23638 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23639
23640 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23641 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23642 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23643 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23644 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23645 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23646
23647 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" nil)
23648
23649 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23650 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23651 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23652 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23653 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23654
23655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23656
23657 ;;;***
23658 \f
23659 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23660 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
23661 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23662
23663 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23664 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23665 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23666 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23667 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23668 during scrolling.
23669
23670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23671
23672 ;;;***
23673 \f
23674 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23675 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23676 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23677 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23678 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23679 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23680 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23681 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23682 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17942 63381))
23683 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23684
23685 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23686 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23687
23688 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23689 king@grassland.com
23690 If `parens', they look like:
23691 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23692 If `angles', they look like:
23693 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23694 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23695 derived from the envelope-from address.
23696
23697 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23698 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23699 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23700 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23701
23702 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail" t)
23703
23704 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23705 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23706 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23707 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23708
23709 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23710 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23711 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23712 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23713
23714 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail" t)
23715
23716 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23717 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23718 This is done when the message is initialized,
23719 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23720
23721 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail" t)
23722
23723 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23724 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23725 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23726
23727 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail" t)
23728
23729 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23730
23731 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23732 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23733 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23734 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23735 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23736 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23737 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23738
23739 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail" t)
23740
23741 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23742 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23743
23744 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail" t)
23745
23746 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23747 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23748 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23749
23750 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail" t)
23751
23752 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23753 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23754 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23755 when you first send mail.")
23756
23757 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail" t)
23758
23759 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23760 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23761 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23762 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23763 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23764
23765 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23766
23767 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23768 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23769 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23770 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23771 This file need not actually exist.")
23772
23773 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23774
23775 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23776 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23777 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23778
23779 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail" t)
23780
23781 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23782 Alist of mail address aliases,
23783 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23784 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23785 can specify a different file name.)
23786 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23787 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23788
23789 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23790 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23791 nil means use indentation.")
23792
23793 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail" t)
23794
23795 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23796 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23797 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23798
23799 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail" t)
23800
23801 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23802 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23803 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23804 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23805 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23806 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23807 in the cited portion of the message.
23808
23809 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23810 instead of no action.")
23811
23812 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail" t)
23813
23814 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23815 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23816 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23817 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23818 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23819
23820 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail" t)
23821
23822 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23823 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23824 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23825 If a string, that string is inserted.
23826 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23827 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23828 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23829 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23830
23831 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail" t)
23832
23833 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23834 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23835
23836 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail" t)
23837
23838 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23839 Directory for mail buffers.
23840 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23841 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23842
23843 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail" t)
23844
23845 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23846 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23847 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23848 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23849
23850 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail" t)
23851
23852 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23853 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23854 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23855 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23856 is non-nil.")
23857
23858 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail" t)
23859
23860 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23861 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23862 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23863 `query' means ask the user each time.
23864 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23865 The default is `mime'.
23866 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23867 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23868
23869 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail" t)
23870
23871 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23872 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23873 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23874
23875 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23876 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23877
23878 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23879 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
23880 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
23881 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23882 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23883 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23884 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
23885 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23886 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23887 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23888 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
23889 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23890 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23891
23892 \(fn)" t nil)
23893
23894 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23895 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23896
23897 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23898 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23899
23900 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail" t)
23901
23902 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23903 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23904 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23905 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23906 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23907 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23908
23909 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23910 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23911 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23912
23913 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23914 User should not set this variable manually,
23915 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23916 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23917 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23918 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23919
23920 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23921 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23922 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23923 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23924
23925 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23926 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23927
23928 \\<mail-mode-map>
23929 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23930
23931 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23932 to move to message header fields:
23933 \\{mail-mode-map}
23934
23935 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23936 when the message is initialized.
23937
23938 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23939 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23940
23941 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23942 is inserted.
23943
23944 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23945 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23946
23947 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23948 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23949 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23950 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23951 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23952 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23953 buffer without erasing the contents.
23954
23955 The second through fifth arguments,
23956 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23957 the initial contents of those header fields.
23958 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23959 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23960 original message being replied to, or else an action
23961 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23962 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23963 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23964 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23965 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23966 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23967
23968 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
23969
23970 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
23971 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23972
23973 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23974
23975 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
23976 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23977
23978 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23979
23980 ;;;***
23981 \f
23982 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
23983 ;;;;;; (17921 16827))
23984 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
23985
23986 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
23987 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23988 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23989 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
23990 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23991 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23992
23993 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
23994 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
23995
23996 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23997
23998 (defvar server-mode nil "\
23999 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24000 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24001 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24002 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24003 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24004
24005 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server" nil)
24006
24007 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
24008 Toggle Server mode.
24009 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24010 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24011 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24012
24013 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24014
24015 ;;;***
24016 \f
24017 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17902 31690))
24018 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24019
24020 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
24021 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24022 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24023
24024 Key definitions:
24025 \\{ses-mode-map}
24026 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24027 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24028 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24029 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24030
24031 \(fn)" t nil)
24032
24033 ;;;***
24034 \f
24035 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24036 ;;;;;; (18010 58080))
24037 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24038
24039 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24040 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24041 Makes > match <.
24042 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24043 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24044
24045 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24046 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24047 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24048
24049 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24050 in your `.emacs' file.
24051
24052 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24053
24054 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24055 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24056 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24057
24058 \(fn)" t nil)
24059
24060 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
24061
24062 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24063 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24064 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24065 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24066 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24067 which this is based.
24068
24069 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24070
24071 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24072 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24073 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24074 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24075
24076 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24077 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24078 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24079
24080 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24081 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24082 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24083 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24084
24085 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24086 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24087 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24088 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24089
24090 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24091
24092 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24093 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24094 To work around that, do:
24095 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24096
24097 \\{html-mode-map}
24098
24099 \(fn)" t nil)
24100
24101 ;;;***
24102 \f
24103 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24104 ;;;;;; (17992 30878))
24105 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24106 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24107
24108 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
24109 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24110 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24111 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24112 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24113 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24114
24115 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24116 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24117 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24118 shell-specific features.
24119
24120 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24121 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24122 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24123 \\<sh-mode-map>
24124 \\[sh-case] case statement
24125 \\[sh-for] for loop
24126 \\[sh-function] function definition
24127 \\[sh-if] if statement
24128 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24129 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24130 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24131 \\[sh-select] select loop
24132 \\[sh-until] until loop
24133 \\[sh-while] while loop
24134
24135 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24136 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24137 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24138 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24139 would indent to the way it currently is.
24140 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24141 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24142
24143
24144 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24145 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24146 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24147 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24148 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24149 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24150
24151 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24152 {, (, [, ', \", `
24153 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24154
24155 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24156 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24157 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24158
24159 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24160 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24161
24162 \(fn)" t nil)
24163
24164 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
24165
24166 ;;;***
24167 \f
24168 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17842 54741))
24169 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
24170
24171 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
24172 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24173 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24174 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24175 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24176 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24177
24178 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24179
24180 ;;;***
24181 \f
24182 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24183 ;;;;;; (17853 57352))
24184 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24185
24186 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
24187 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24188
24189 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24190 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24191 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24192 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24193 the earlier.
24194
24195 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24196
24197 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24198
24199 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24200 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24201 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24202
24203 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24204 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24205
24206 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24207 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24208 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24209 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24210 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24211 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24212 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24213 Emacs version).
24214
24215 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24216 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24217 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24218 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24219 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24220
24221 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24222 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24223 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24224
24225 \(fn)" t nil)
24226
24227 ;;;***
24228 \f
24229 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24230 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17842
24231 ;;;;;; 58278))
24232 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24233
24234 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
24235 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24236 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24237 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24238 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24239 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
24240 in the cluster.
24241
24242 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24243
24244 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
24245 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24246 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24247 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24248 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24249
24250 \(fn)" t nil)
24251
24252 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
24253 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24254 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24255 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24256 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this function).
24257 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24258 `shadow-define-cluster').
24259
24260 \(fn)" t nil)
24261
24262 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
24263 Set up file shadowing.
24264
24265 \(fn)" t nil)
24266
24267 ;;;***
24268 \f
24269 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24270 ;;;;;; (17899 1575))
24271 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24272
24273 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24274 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24275 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24276 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24277 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24278 arguments.")
24279
24280 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" t)
24281
24282 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
24283 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24284 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24285 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24286 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24287 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24288 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24289 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24290 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24291 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24292 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24293 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24294 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24295 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24296
24297 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24298 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24299 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24300 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24301 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24302 `default-process-coding-system'.
24303
24304 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24305 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24306 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24307 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24308
24309 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24310
24311 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24312 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24313
24314 ;;;***
24315 \f
24316 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24317 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17842 54741))
24318 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24319
24320 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24321 Not documented
24322
24323 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24324
24325 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24326 Not documented
24327
24328 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24329
24330 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24331 Not documented
24332
24333 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24334
24335 ;;;***
24336 \f
24337 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24338 ;;;;;; (17842 54741))
24339 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24340
24341 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24342 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24343 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24344 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24345 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24346
24347 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24348
24349 \(fn)" t nil)
24350
24351 ;;;***
24352 \f
24353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (18009 38727))
24354 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24355 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24356
24357 ;;;***
24358 \f
24359 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17842
24360 ;;;;;; 56332))
24361 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24362
24363 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24364 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24365 \\{simula-mode-map}
24366 Variables controlling indentation style:
24367 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24368 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24369 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24370 `simula-indent-level'
24371 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24372 `simula-substatement-offset'
24373 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24374 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24375 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24376 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24377 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24378 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24379 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24380 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24381 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24382 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24383 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24384 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24385 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24386 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24387 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24388 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24389 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24390 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24391 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24392 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24393 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24394 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24395 or nil if they should not be changed.
24396 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24397 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24398 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24399 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24400
24401 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24402 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24403
24404 \(fn)" t nil)
24405
24406 ;;;***
24407 \f
24408 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24409 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17842 58278))
24410 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24411
24412 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24413 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24414
24415 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24416 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24417 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24418 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24419
24420 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24421
24422 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24423 Insert SKELETON.
24424 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24425 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24426 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24427 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24428 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24429
24430 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24431 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24432
24433 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24434
24435 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24436 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24437
24438 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24439 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24440 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24441 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24442
24443 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24444 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24445 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24446 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24447
24448 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24449 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24450 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24451
24452 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24453 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24454
24455 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24456 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24457
24458 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24459 _ interesting point, interregion here
24460 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24461 interesting point set by _
24462 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24463 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24464 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24465 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24466 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24467 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24468 nil skipped
24469
24470 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24471 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24472
24473 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24474 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24475 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24476 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24477 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24478 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24479 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24480 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24481
24482 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24483 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24484 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24485 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24486 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24487 available:
24488
24489 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24490 then: insert previously read string once more
24491 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24492 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24493 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24494
24495 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24496 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24497
24498 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24499
24500 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24501 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24502
24503 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24504 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24505 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24506 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24507 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24508 such as backslash.
24509
24510 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24511 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24512 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24513
24514 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24515
24516 ;;;***
24517 \f
24518 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24519 ;;;;;; (17904 28230))
24520 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24521
24522 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24523 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24524 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24525 buffer names.
24526
24527 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24528
24529 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24530 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24531 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24532
24533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24534
24535 ;;;***
24536 \f
24537 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24538 ;;;;;; (17875 18370))
24539 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24540
24541 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24542 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24543 A list of images is returned.
24544
24545 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24546
24547 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24548 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24549 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24550
24551 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24552
24553 ;;;***
24554 \f
24555 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24556 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17939 50716))
24557 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24558
24559 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24560 Not documented
24561
24562 \(fn)" nil nil)
24563
24564 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24565 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24566
24567 \(fn)" t nil)
24568
24569 ;;;***
24570 \f
24571 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17842 55395))
24572 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24573
24574 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24575 Play the Snake game.
24576 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24577
24578 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24579
24580 Snake mode keybindings:
24581 \\<snake-mode-map>
24582 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24583 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24584 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24585 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24586 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24587 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24588 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24589
24590 \(fn)" t nil)
24591
24592 ;;;***
24593 \f
24594 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24595 ;;;;;; (17842 55218))
24596 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24597
24598 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24599 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24600 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24601 Tab indents for C code.
24602 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24603 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24604 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24605 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24606 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24607
24608 \(fn)" t nil)
24609
24610 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24611 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24612 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24613 Tab indents for C code.
24614 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24615 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24616 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24617 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24618 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24619
24620 \(fn)" t nil)
24621
24622 ;;;***
24623 \f
24624 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24625 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24626 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17956 13479))
24627 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24628
24629 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24630 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24631
24632 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24633 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24634 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24635
24636 For example, the form
24637
24638 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24639 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24640
24641 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24642
24643 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar" t)
24644
24645 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24646 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24647
24648 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24649 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24650 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24651 York City.
24652
24653 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24654
24655 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar" t)
24656
24657 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24658 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24659
24660 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24661 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24662 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24663 York City.
24664
24665 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24666
24667 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar" t)
24668
24669 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24670 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24671 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24672 pair.
24673
24674 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24675
24676 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar" t)
24677
24678 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24679 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24680 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24681
24682 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24683 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24684
24685 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24686
24687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24688
24689 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24690 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24691 Requires floating point.
24692
24693 \(fn)" nil nil)
24694
24695 ;;;***
24696 \f
24697 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17842
24698 ;;;;;; 55395))
24699 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24700
24701 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24702 Play Solitaire.
24703
24704 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24705 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24706 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24707 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24708 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24709 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24710 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24711 check after each move or undo)
24712
24713 What is Solitaire?
24714
24715 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24716 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24717 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24718
24719 Le Solitaire
24720 ============
24721
24722 o o o
24723
24724 o o o
24725
24726 o o o o o o o
24727
24728 o o o . o o o
24729
24730 o o o o o o o
24731
24732 o o o
24733
24734 o o o
24735
24736 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24737 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24738 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24739 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24740
24741 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24742 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24743 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24744 this: o o .
24745
24746 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24747 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24748
24749 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24750
24751 o o o
24752
24753 . o o
24754
24755 o o . o o o o
24756
24757 o . o o o o o
24758
24759 o o o o o o o
24760
24761 o o o
24762
24763 o o o
24764
24765 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24766
24767 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24768
24769 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24770
24771 ;;;***
24772 \f
24773 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24774 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24775 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17842 58278))
24776 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24777
24778 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24779 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24780
24781 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24782 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24783 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24784 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24785 contiguous.
24786
24787 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24788 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24789 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24790 the sort order.
24791
24792 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24793 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24794
24795 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24796 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24797 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24798 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24799 is called.
24800
24801 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24802 It should move point to the end of the record.
24803
24804 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24805 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24806 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24807 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24808 starts at the beginning of the record.
24809
24810 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24811 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24812 same as ENDRECFUN.
24813
24814 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24815 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24816
24817 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24818
24819 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24820 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24821 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24822 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24823 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24824 the sort order.
24825
24826 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24827
24828 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24829 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24830 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24831 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24832 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24833 the sort order.
24834
24835 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24836
24837 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24838 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24839 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24840 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24841 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24842 the sort order.
24843
24844 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24845
24846 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24847 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24848 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24849 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24850 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24851 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24852 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24853 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24854 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24855
24856 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24857
24858 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24859 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24860 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24861 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24862 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24863 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24864 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24865 the sort order.
24866
24867 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24868
24869 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24870 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24871 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24872 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24873 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24874 is to be used for sorting.
24875 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24876 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24877 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24878 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24879 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24880
24881 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24882
24883 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24884 the sort order.
24885
24886 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24887 starting with the letter \"f\",
24888 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24889
24890 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24891
24892 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24893 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24894 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24895 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24896 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24897 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24898 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24899 the sort order.
24900
24901 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24902 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24903 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24904 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24905 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24906
24907 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24908
24909 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24910 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24911 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24912
24913 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24914
24915 ;;;***
24916 \f
24917 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17842
24918 ;;;;;; 54741))
24919 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24920
24921 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24922 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24923
24924 \(fn)" t nil)
24925
24926 ;;;***
24927 \f
24928 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24929 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24930 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17842 54741))
24931 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24932
24933 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24934 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24935
24936 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24937 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24938 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24939
24940 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24941
24942 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24943 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24944 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24945 server.
24946
24947 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24948
24949 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24950 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24951 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24952
24953 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24954
24955 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24956 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24957 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24958 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
24959 Agent is plugged.
24960
24961 \(fn)" t nil)
24962
24963 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
24964 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
24965 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
24966 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
24967
24968 \(fn)" t nil)
24969
24970 ;;;***
24971 \f
24972 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
24973 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17881 43027))
24974 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
24975
24976 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
24977
24978 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
24979 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
24980 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
24981 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
24982 supported at a time.
24983 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
24984 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
24985
24986 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24987
24988 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
24989 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
24990 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
24991 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
24992
24993 \(fn)" t nil)
24994
24995 ;;;***
24996 \f
24997 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24998 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17842 58276))
24999 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25000
25001 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
25002
25003 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
25004 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25005 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25006 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25007 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25008 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25009
25010 \(fn)" t nil)
25011
25012 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
25013 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25014 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25015 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25016
25017 \(fn)" t nil)
25018
25019 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
25020 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25021 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25022 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25023 for example, \"word\".
25024
25025 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25026
25027 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
25028 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25029
25030 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25031
25032 ;;;***
25033 \f
25034 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17842
25035 ;;;;;; 55395))
25036 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25037
25038 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
25039 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25040
25041 \(fn)" t nil)
25042
25043 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
25044 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25045
25046 \(fn)" nil nil)
25047
25048 ;;;***
25049 \f
25050 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25051 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25052 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25053 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17842
25054 ;;;;;; 56332))
25055 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25056
25057 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
25058 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25059
25060 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25061 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25062 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25063 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25064 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25065 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25066 of the current highlighting list.
25067
25068 For example:
25069
25070 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25071 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25072
25073 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25074 `_t' as data types.
25075
25076 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25077
25078 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
25079 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25080
25081 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25082 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25083
25084 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25085
25086 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25087 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25088 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25089
25090 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25091
25092 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25093 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25094 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25095 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25096 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25097 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25098 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
25099 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25100 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25101
25102 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25103
25104 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25105 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25106 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25107 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25108
25109 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25110 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25111 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25112 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25113
25114 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25115 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25116 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25117
25118 \(fn)" t nil)
25119
25120 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
25121 Major mode to edit SQL.
25122
25123 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25124 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25125 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25126
25127 \\{sql-mode-map}
25128 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25129
25130 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25131 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25132 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25133 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25134 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25135 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25136
25137 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25138 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25139
25140 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25141 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25142 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25143
25144 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25145 (lambda ()
25146 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25147
25148 \(fn)" t nil)
25149
25150 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
25151 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25152
25153 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25154 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25155 `*SQL*'.
25156
25157 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25158
25159 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25160
25161 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
25162 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25163
25164 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25165 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25166 `*SQL*'.
25167
25168 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25169 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25170 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25171 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25172
25173 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25174 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25175
25176 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25177 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25178 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25179 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25180 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25181 `default-process-coding-system'.
25182
25183 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25184
25185 \(fn)" t nil)
25186
25187 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
25188 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25189
25190 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25191 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25192 `*SQL*'.
25193
25194 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25195 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25196 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25197 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25198
25199 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25200 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25201
25202 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25203 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25204 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25205 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25206 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25207 `default-process-coding-system'.
25208
25209 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25210
25211 \(fn)" t nil)
25212
25213 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
25214 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25215
25216 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25217 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25218 `*SQL*'.
25219
25220 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25221 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25222
25223 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25224 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25225
25226 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25227 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25228 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25229 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25230 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25231 `default-process-coding-system'.
25232
25233 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25234
25235 \(fn)" t nil)
25236
25237 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
25238 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25239
25240 SQLite is free software.
25241
25242 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25243 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25244 `*SQL*'.
25245
25246 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25247 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25248 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25249 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25250
25251 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25252 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25253
25254 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25255 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25256 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25257 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25258 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25259 `default-process-coding-system'.
25260
25261 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25262
25263 \(fn)" t nil)
25264
25265 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
25266 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25267
25268 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25269
25270 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25271 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25272 `*SQL*'.
25273
25274 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25275 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25276 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25277 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25278
25279 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25280 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25281
25282 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25283 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25284 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25285 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25286 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25287 `default-process-coding-system'.
25288
25289 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25290
25291 \(fn)" t nil)
25292
25293 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
25294 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25295
25296 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25297 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25298 `*SQL*'.
25299
25300 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25301 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25302 defaults, if set.
25303
25304 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25305 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25306
25307 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25308 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25309 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25310 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25311 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25312 `default-process-coding-system'.
25313
25314 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25315
25316 \(fn)" t nil)
25317
25318 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25319 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25320
25321 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25322 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25323 `*SQL*'.
25324
25325 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25326 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25327
25328 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25329 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25330
25331 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25332 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25333 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25334 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25335 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25336 `default-process-coding-system'.
25337
25338 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25339
25340 \(fn)" t nil)
25341
25342 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25343 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25344
25345 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25346 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25347 `*SQL*'.
25348
25349 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25350 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25351 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25352 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25353
25354 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25355 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25356
25357 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25358 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25359 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25360 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25361 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25362 `default-process-coding-system'.
25363
25364 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25365
25366 \(fn)" t nil)
25367
25368 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25369 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25370
25371 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25372 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25373 `*SQL*'.
25374
25375 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25376 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25377 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25378 `sql-postgres-options'.
25379
25380 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25381 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25382
25383 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25384 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25385 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25386 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25387 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25388 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25389 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25390 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25391
25392 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25393 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25394
25395 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25396
25397 \(fn)" t nil)
25398
25399 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25400 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25401
25402 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25403 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25404 `*SQL*'.
25405
25406 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25407 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25408 defaults, if set.
25409
25410 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25411 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25412
25413 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25414 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25415 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25416 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25417 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25418 `default-process-coding-system'.
25419
25420 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25421
25422 \(fn)" t nil)
25423
25424 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25425 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25426
25427 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25428 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25429 `*SQL*'.
25430
25431 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25432 automatic login.
25433
25434 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25435 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25436
25437 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25438 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25439 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25440 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25441
25442 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25443 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25444 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25445 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25446 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25447 `default-process-coding-system'.
25448
25449 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25450
25451 \(fn)" t nil)
25452
25453 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25454 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25455
25456 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25457 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25458 `*SQL*'.
25459
25460 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25461 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25462 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25463 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25464 parameters.
25465
25466 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25467 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25468 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25469 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25470 an empty password.
25471
25472 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25473 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25474
25475 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25476
25477 \(fn)" t nil)
25478
25479 ;;;***
25480 \f
25481 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25482 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25483 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25484 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25485 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17842
25486 ;;;;;; 58278))
25487 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25488
25489 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25490 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25491 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25492 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25493 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25494 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25495
25496 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25497
25498 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25499
25500 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25501 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25502 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25503 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25504 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25505 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25506 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25507
25508 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25509
25510 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25511 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25512 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25513 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25514 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25515 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25516 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25517
25518 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25519
25520 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25521 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25522 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25523
25524 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25525
25526 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25527 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25528 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25529
25530 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25531
25532 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25533 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25534
25535 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25536
25537 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25538 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25539
25540 \(fn)" t nil)
25541
25542 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25543 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25544
25545 \(fn)" t nil)
25546
25547 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25548 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25549 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25550 chronologically by command name.
25551 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25552
25553 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25554
25555 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25556 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25557 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25558 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25559 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25560 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25561
25562 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" nil)
25563
25564 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25565 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25566 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25567 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25568 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25569 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25570 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25571
25572 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25573 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25574 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25575 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25576
25577 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25578
25579 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25580
25581 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25582 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25583 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25584 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25585
25586 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25587
25588 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25589 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25590
25591 \(fn)" t nil)
25592
25593 ;;;***
25594 \f
25595 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25596 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16211 27038))
25597 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25598
25599 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25600 Studlify-case the region.
25601
25602 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25603
25604 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25605 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25606
25607 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25608
25609 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25610 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25611
25612 \(fn)" t nil)
25613
25614 ;;;***
25615 \f
25616 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17964 48351))
25617 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25618
25619 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25620 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25621 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25622 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25623 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25624 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25625
25626 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25627 is used instead of `load-path'.
25628
25629 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25630 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25631 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25632
25633 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25634
25635 ;;;***
25636 \f
25637 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25638 ;;;;;; (17854 7564))
25639 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25640
25641 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25642 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25643 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25644 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25645 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25646 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25647 original message but it does require a few things:
25648
25649 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25650
25651 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25652 reply buffer.
25653
25654 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25655 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25656 original message.
25657
25658 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25659
25660 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25661
25662 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25663 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25664 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25665
25666 \(fn)" nil nil)
25667
25668 ;;;***
25669 \f
25670 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18006 55796))
25671 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25672
25673 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25674 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25675 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25676 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25677 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25678 or call the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25679
25680 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" nil)
25681
25682 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25683 Toggle t-mouse mode to use the mouse in Linux consoles.
25684 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25685
25686 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a Linux console, in the
25687 same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25688 It requires the `mev' program, part of the `gpm' utilities.
25689
25690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25691
25692 ;;;***
25693 \f
25694 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17842 58278))
25695 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25696
25697 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25698 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25699 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25700 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25701 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25702
25703 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25704
25705 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25706 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25707 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25708 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25709 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25710 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25711 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25712
25713 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25714
25715 ;;;***
25716 \f
25717 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25718 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25719 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25720 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25721 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25722 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25723 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25724 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25725 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25726 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25727 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25728 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25729 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (18012 17784))
25730 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25731
25732 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25733 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25734 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25735
25736 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table" t)
25737
25738 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25739 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25740
25741 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table" t)
25742
25743 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25744 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25745
25746 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table" t)
25747
25748 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25749 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25750
25751 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table" t)
25752
25753 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25754 Insert an editable text table.
25755 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25756 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25757 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25758 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25759 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25760 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25761 delimiting them.
25762
25763 Examples:
25764
25765 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25766
25767 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25768 location of point.
25769
25770 -!-
25771
25772 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25773 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25774 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25775 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25776 first cell.
25777
25778 +-----+-----+-----+
25779 |-!- | | |
25780 +-----+-----+-----+
25781
25782 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25783
25784 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25785 width, which results as
25786
25787 +--------------+-----+-----+
25788 |-!- | | |
25789 +--------------+-----+-----+
25790
25791 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25792 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25793
25794 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25795 | | |-!- |
25796 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25797
25798 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25799 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25800 width information to `table-insert'.
25801
25802 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25803
25804 instead of
25805
25806 Cell width(s): 5
25807
25808 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25809 work all together.
25810
25811 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25812 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25813
25814 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25815 |-!- | | |
25816 | | | |
25817 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25818
25819 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25820
25821 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25822 |-!- | | |
25823 | | | |
25824 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25825 | | | |
25826 | | | |
25827 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25828
25829 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25830
25831 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25832 | | | |
25833 | | | |
25834 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25835 | | | |
25836 | | | |
25837 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25838 -!-
25839
25840 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25841 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25842 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25843
25844 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25845 | | | |
25846 | | | |
25847 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25848 | | | |
25849 | | | |
25850 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25851 |-!- | | |
25852 | | | |
25853 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25854
25855 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25856 results.
25857
25858 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25859 | | | |
25860 | | | |
25861 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25862 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25863 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25864 | | |expected results.-!- |
25865 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25866 | | | |
25867 | | | |
25868 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25869
25870 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25871
25872 \\{table-cell-map}
25873
25874 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25875
25876 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25877 Insert N table row(s).
25878 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25879 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25880 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25881 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25882
25883 \(fn N)" t nil)
25884
25885 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25886 Insert N table column(s).
25887 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25888 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25889 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25890 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25891
25892 \(fn N)" t nil)
25893
25894 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25895 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25896 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25897
25898 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25899
25900 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25901 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25902 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25903 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25904 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25905 all the table specific features.
25906
25907 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25908
25909 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25910 Not documented
25911
25912 \(fn)" t nil)
25913
25914 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25915 Recognize all tables within region.
25916 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25917 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25918 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25919 specific features.
25920
25921 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25922
25923 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25924 Not documented
25925
25926 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25927
25928 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25929 Recognize a table at point.
25930 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25931 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25932 the table specific features.
25933
25934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25935
25936 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25937 Not documented
25938
25939 \(fn)" t nil)
25940
25941 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25942 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25943 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25944 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25945 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25946 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25947 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25948
25949 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25950
25951 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25952 Not documented
25953
25954 \(fn)" t nil)
25955
25956 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
25957 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25958 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25959 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25960 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
25961 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
25962 specified.
25963
25964 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25965
25966 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
25967 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
25968 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
25969 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
25970 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
25971 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
25972 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
25973 table structure.
25974
25975 \(fn N)" t nil)
25976
25977 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
25978 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
25979 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
25980 table's rectangle structure.
25981
25982 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25983
25984 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
25985 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
25986 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
25987 table's rectangle structure.
25988
25989 \(fn N)" t nil)
25990
25991 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
25992 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
25993 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25994 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
25995 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
25996
25997 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
25998
25999 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26000 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26001 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26002
26003 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26004 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26005 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26006 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26007 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26008 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26009 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26010
26011 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26012 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26013 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26014 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26015 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26016 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26017 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26018
26019 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26020 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26021 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26022 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26023 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26024 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26025 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26026 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26027
26028 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26029
26030 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
26031 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26032 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26033 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26034
26035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26036
26037 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
26038 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26039 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26040
26041 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26042
26043 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
26044 Split current cell vertically.
26045 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26046
26047 \(fn)" t nil)
26048
26049 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
26050 Split current cell horizontally.
26051 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26052
26053 \(fn)" t nil)
26054
26055 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
26056 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26057 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26058
26059 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26060
26061 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
26062 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26063 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26064 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26065
26066 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26067
26068 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
26069 Justify cell contents.
26070 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26071 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26072 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26073 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26074
26075 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26076
26077 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
26078 Justify cells of a row.
26079 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26080 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26081
26082 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26083
26084 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
26085 Justify cells of a column.
26086 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26087 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26088
26089 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26090
26091 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
26092 Toggle fixing width mode.
26093 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26094 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26095 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26096
26097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26098
26099 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
26100 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26101 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26102 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26103 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26104 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26105 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26106 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26107 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26108 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26109 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26110
26111 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26112
26113 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
26114 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26115 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26116 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26117 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26118 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26119 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26120 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26121 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26122 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26123 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26124 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26125 untouched.
26126
26127 References used for this implementation:
26128
26129 HTML:
26130 http://www.w3.org
26131
26132 LaTeX:
26133 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26134
26135 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26136 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26137 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26138
26139 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26140
26141 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
26142 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26143 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26144 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26145 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26146 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26147 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26148 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26149 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26150 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26151 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26152 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26153 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26154 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26155 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26156 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26157 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26158
26159 Example:
26160
26161 (progn
26162 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26163 (table-forward-cell 15)
26164 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26165 (table-forward-cell 16)
26166 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26167 (table-forward-cell 1)
26168 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26169
26170 (progn
26171 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26172 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26173 (table-forward-cell 1)
26174 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26175
26176 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26177
26178 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
26179 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26180 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26181 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26182 consists from cells of same height.
26183
26184 \(fn N)" t nil)
26185
26186 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
26187 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26188 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26189 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26190 column must consists from cells of same width.
26191
26192 \(fn N)" t nil)
26193
26194 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
26195 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26196 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26197 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26198 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26199 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26200 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26201 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26202 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26203 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26204 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26205 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26206 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26207 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26208 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26209
26210
26211 Example 1:
26212
26213 1, 2, 3, 4
26214 5, 6, 7, 8
26215 , 9, 10
26216
26217 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26218 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26219 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26220 specified as 5.
26221
26222 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26223 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26224 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26225 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26226 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26227 | | 9 | 10 | |
26228 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26229
26230 Note:
26231
26232 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26233 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26234 of each row is optional.
26235
26236
26237 Example 2:
26238
26239 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26240 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26241 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26242 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26243 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26244
26245 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26246 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26247
26248 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26249 expression and raw delimiter regular
26250 expression, it parses the specified text
26251 area and extracts cell items from
26252 non-table text and then forms a table out
26253 of them.
26254
26255 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26256 creates a single cell table. The text in
26257 the specified region is placed in that
26258 cell.-*-
26259
26260 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26261 like this.
26262
26263 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26264 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26265 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26266 | |
26267 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26268 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26269 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26270 | area and extracts cell items from |
26271 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26272 | of them. |
26273 | |
26274 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26275 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26276 | the specified region is placed in that |
26277 | cell. |
26278 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26279
26280 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26281 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26282 independently.
26283
26284 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26285 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26286 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26287 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26288 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26289 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26290 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26291 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26292 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26293 | |of them. |
26294 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26295 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26296 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26297 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26298 | |cell. |
26299 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26300
26301 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26302 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26303 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26304
26305 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26306
26307 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26308 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26309 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26310 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26311 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26312
26313 \(fn)" t nil)
26314
26315 ;;;***
26316 \f
26317 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17842 58278))
26318 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26319
26320 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26321 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26322
26323 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26324
26325 ;;;***
26326 \f
26327 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (18010 5426))
26328 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26329
26330 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26331 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26332 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26333 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26334 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26335 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26336 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26337
26338 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26339 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26340 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26341 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26342
26343 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26344 \\{tar-mode-map}
26345
26346 \(fn)" t nil)
26347
26348 ;;;***
26349 \f
26350 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26351 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17842 56332))
26352 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26353
26354 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26355 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26356 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26357 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26358 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26359 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26360
26361 Variables controlling indentation style:
26362 `tcl-indent-level'
26363 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26364 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26365 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26366
26367 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26368 documentation for details):
26369 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26370 Controls action of TAB key.
26371 `tcl-auto-newline'
26372 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26373 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26374 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26375 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26376 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26377
26378 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26379 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26380 already exist.
26381
26382 Commands:
26383 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26384
26385 \(fn)" t nil)
26386
26387 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26388 Run inferior Tcl process.
26389 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26390 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26391
26392 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26393
26394 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26395 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26396 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26397
26398 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26399
26400 ;;;***
26401 \f
26402 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17842 55218))
26403 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26404 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26405
26406 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26407 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26408 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26409 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26410
26411 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26412 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26413 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26414 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26415 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26416
26417 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26418 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26419
26420 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26421 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26422 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26423 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26424
26425 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26426
26427 ;;;***
26428 \f
26429 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17952
26430 ;;;;;; 11093))
26431 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26432
26433 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26434 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26435 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26436 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26437 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26438 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26439
26440 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26441
26442 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26443 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26444 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26445 commands to use in that buffer.
26446
26447 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26448
26449 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26450
26451 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26452 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26453
26454 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26455
26456 ;;;***
26457 \f
26458 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17842
26459 ;;;;;; 58278))
26460 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26461
26462 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26463 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26464 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26465 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26466 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26467 program as keyboard input.
26468
26469 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26470 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26471 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26472 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26473
26474 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26475 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26476 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26477 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26478 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26479
26480 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26481
26482 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26483 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26484 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26485 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26486
26487 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26488 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26489 subprocess started.
26490
26491 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26492
26493 ;;;***
26494 \f
26495 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26496 ;;;;;; (17925 52793))
26497 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26498
26499 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26500 Start coverage on function under point.
26501
26502 \(fn)" t nil)
26503
26504 ;;;***
26505 \f
26506 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17941 38806))
26507 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26508
26509 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26510 Play the Tetris game.
26511 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26512 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26513 as to form complete rows.
26514
26515 tetris-mode keybindings:
26516 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26517 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26518 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26519 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26520 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26521 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26522 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26523 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26524 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26525
26526 \(fn)" t nil)
26527
26528 ;;;***
26529 \f
26530 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26531 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26532 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26533 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26534 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26535 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26536 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26537 ;;;;;; (17992 30878))
26538 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26539
26540 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26541 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26542
26543 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" t)
26544
26545 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26546 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26547 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26548 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26549 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26550
26551 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode" t)
26552
26553 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26554 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26555 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26556 if it matches the first line of the file,
26557 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26558
26559 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode" t)
26560
26561 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26562 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26563 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26564 if the variable is non-nil.")
26565
26566 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode" t)
26567
26568 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26569 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26570
26571 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode" t)
26572
26573 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26574 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26575 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26576 See the documentation of that variable.")
26577
26578 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26579
26580 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26581 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26582 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26583 See the documentation of that variable.")
26584
26585 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26586
26587 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26588 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26589 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26590 See the documentation of that variable.")
26591
26592 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26593
26594 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26595 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26596 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26597 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26598 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26599
26600 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode" t)
26601
26602 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26603 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26604 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26605 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26606
26607 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode" t)
26608
26609 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26610 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26611 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26612
26613 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode" t)
26614
26615 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26616 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26617 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26618 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26619
26620 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode" t)
26621
26622 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26623 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26624 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26625 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26626
26627 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26628
26629 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26630 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26631 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26632 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26633
26634 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26635 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26636 for example,
26637
26638 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26639 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26640
26641 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26642 use.")
26643
26644 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26645
26646 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26647 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26648 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26649 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26650 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26651
26652 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26653
26654 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode" t)
26655
26656 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26657 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26658 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26659
26660 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode" t)
26661
26662 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26663 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26664 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26665 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26666 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26667
26668 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode" t)
26669
26670 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26671 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26672
26673 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26674
26675 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26676 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26677
26678 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26679
26680 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26681 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26682 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26683 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26684 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26685 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26686 says which mode to use.
26687
26688 \(fn)" t nil)
26689
26690 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26691
26692 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26693
26694 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26695
26696 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26697 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26698 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26699 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26700 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26701
26702 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26703 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26704 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26705 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26706 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26707 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26708 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26709
26710 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26711 mismatched $'s or braces.
26712
26713 Special commands:
26714 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26715
26716 Mode variables:
26717 tex-run-command
26718 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26719 tex-directory
26720 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26721 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26722 tex-dvi-print-command
26723 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26724 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26725 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26726 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26727 tex-dvi-view-command
26728 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26729 tex-show-queue-command
26730 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26731 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26732
26733 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26734 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26735 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26736
26737 \(fn)" t nil)
26738
26739 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26740 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26741 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26742 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26743 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26744
26745 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26746 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26747 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26748 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26749 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26750 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26751 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26752
26753 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26754 mismatched $'s or braces.
26755
26756 Special commands:
26757 \\{latex-mode-map}
26758
26759 Mode variables:
26760 latex-run-command
26761 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26762 tex-directory
26763 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26764 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26765 tex-dvi-print-command
26766 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26767 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26768 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26769 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26770 tex-dvi-view-command
26771 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26772 tex-show-queue-command
26773 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26774 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26775
26776 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26777 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26778 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26779
26780 \(fn)" t nil)
26781
26782 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26783 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26784 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26785 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26786 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26787
26788 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26789 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26790 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26791 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26792 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26793 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26794 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26795
26796 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26797 mismatched $'s or braces.
26798
26799 Special commands:
26800 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26801
26802 Mode variables:
26803 slitex-run-command
26804 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26805 tex-directory
26806 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26807 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26808 tex-dvi-print-command
26809 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26810 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26811 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26812 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26813 tex-dvi-view-command
26814 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26815 tex-show-queue-command
26816 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26817 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26818
26819 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26820 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26821 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26822 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26823
26824 \(fn)" t nil)
26825
26826 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26827 Not documented
26828
26829 \(fn)" nil nil)
26830
26831 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26832 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26833
26834 \(fn)" t nil)
26835
26836 ;;;***
26837 \f
26838 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26839 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17842 58276))
26840 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26841
26842 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26843 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26844 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26845 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26846
26847 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26848 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26849 Info-split to do these manually.
26850
26851 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26852
26853 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26854 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26855 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26856 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26857 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26858
26859 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26860
26861 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26862 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26863 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26864 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26865
26866 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26867 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26868 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26869 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26870
26871 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26872 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26873
26874 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26875
26876 ;;;***
26877 \f
26878 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26879 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17842 58276))
26880 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26881
26882 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26883 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26884
26885 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo" t)
26886
26887 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26888 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26889
26890 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo" t)
26891
26892 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26893 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26894
26895 It has these extra commands:
26896 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26897
26898 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26899 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26900 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26901 modified version of TeX input format.
26902
26903 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26904 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26905 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26906 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26907
26908 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26909 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26910 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26911 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26912 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26913 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26914 in the Texinfo file.
26915
26916 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26917 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26918 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26919 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26920 move forward past the closing brace.
26921
26922 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26923 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26924
26925 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26926 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26927 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26928
26929 Here are the functions:
26930
26931 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26932 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26933 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26934
26935 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26936 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26937 texinfo-master-menu
26938
26939 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26940
26941 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26942 which menu descriptions are indented.
26943
26944 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26945 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26946 in the region.
26947
26948 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26949 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26950 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26951 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26952
26953 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26954 be the first node in the file.
26955
26956 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
26957 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
26958
26959 \(fn)" t nil)
26960
26961 ;;;***
26962 \f
26963 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
26964 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
26965 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26966 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
26967 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
26968
26969 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
26970 Compose Thai characters in the region.
26971 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
26972 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
26973
26974 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26975
26976 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
26977 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
26978
26979 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26980
26981 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
26982 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
26983
26984 \(fn)" t nil)
26985
26986 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
26987 Not documented
26988
26989 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26990
26991 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
26992 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
26993 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
26994 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
26995 to compose.
26996
26997 The return value is number of composed characters.
26998
26999 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27000
27001 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
27002 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
27003
27004 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27005
27006 ;;;***
27007 \f
27008 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27009 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27010 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17842 58278))
27011 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27012
27013 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
27014 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27015
27016 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27017
27018 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27019 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27020 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27021 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27022 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27023
27024 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27025 a symbol as a valid THING.
27026
27027 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27028 of the textual entity that was found.
27029
27030 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27031
27032 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27033 Return the THING at point.
27034 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27035 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27036 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27037
27038 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27039 a symbol as a valid THING.
27040
27041 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27042
27043 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27044 Not documented
27045
27046 \(fn)" nil nil)
27047
27048 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27049 Not documented
27050
27051 \(fn)" nil nil)
27052
27053 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27054 Not documented
27055
27056 \(fn)" nil nil)
27057
27058 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27059 Not documented
27060
27061 \(fn)" nil nil)
27062
27063 ;;;***
27064 \f
27065 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27066 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27067 ;;;;;; (17963 26308))
27068 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27069
27070 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
27071 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27072
27073 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27074
27075 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
27076 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27077 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27078 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27079
27080 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27081
27082 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
27083 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27084
27085 \(fn)" t nil)
27086
27087 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
27088 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27089
27090 \(fn)" t nil)
27091
27092 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
27093
27094 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
27095 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27096
27097 \(fn)" t nil)
27098
27099 ;;;***
27100 \f
27101 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27102 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27103 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27104 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27105 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27106 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17842 58278))
27107 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27108
27109 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
27110 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27111 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27112
27113 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27114
27115 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
27116 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27117
27118 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27119
27120 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
27121 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27122 The returned string has no composition information.
27123
27124 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27125
27126 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27127 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27128
27129 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27130
27131 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27132 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27133
27134 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27135
27136 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27137 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27138 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27139 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27140
27141 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27142
27143 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27144 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27145 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27146 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27147
27148 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27149
27150 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
27151 Not documented
27152
27153 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27154
27155 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27156 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27157 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27158
27159 \(fn)" t nil)
27160
27161 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27162 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27163 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27164
27165 \(fn)" t nil)
27166
27167 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27168 Not documented
27169
27170 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27171
27172 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27173 Not documented
27174
27175 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27176
27177 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
27178 Not documented
27179
27180 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27181
27182 ;;;***
27183 \f
27184 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27185 ;;;;;; (17842 58276))
27186 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27187
27188 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
27189 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27190 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27191 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27192 parameters.
27193 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27194
27195 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27196
27197 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
27198 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27199 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27200 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27201 parameters.
27202 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27203
27204 \(fn)" t nil)
27205
27206 ;;;***
27207 \f
27208 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27209 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (18006 55796))
27210 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27211
27212 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27213 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27214
27215 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time" t)
27216
27217 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
27218 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27219 This display updates automatically every minute.
27220 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27221 are displayed as well.
27222 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27223
27224 \(fn)" t nil)
27225
27226 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27227 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27228 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27229 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27230 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27231 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27232
27233 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" nil)
27234
27235 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
27236 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27237 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27238
27239 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27240 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27241 are displayed as well.
27242 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27243
27244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27245
27246 ;;;***
27247 \f
27248 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27249 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27250 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27251 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17842
27252 ;;;;;; 53792))
27253 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27254
27255 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27256 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27257
27258 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27259
27260 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
27261 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27262 You can use `float-time' instead.
27263
27264 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27265
27266 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
27267 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27268
27269 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27270
27271 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
27272 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27273
27274 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27275
27276 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
27277 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27278
27279 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27280
27281 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
27282 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27283 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27284
27285 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27286
27287 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
27288
27289 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
27290 Subtract two time values.
27291 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27292
27293 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27294
27295 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
27296 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27297
27298 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27299
27300 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27301 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27302 DATE should be a date-time string.
27303
27304 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27305
27306 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27307 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27308 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27309
27310 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27311
27312 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27313 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27314
27315 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27316
27317 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27318 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27319
27320 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27321
27322 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27323 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27324 TIME should be a time value.
27325 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27326
27327 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27328
27329 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27330 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27331 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27332
27333 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27334
27335 ;;;***
27336 \f
27337 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27338 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17842 58278))
27339 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27340 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27341 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27342 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27343 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27344 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27345 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27346 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27347
27348 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27349 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27350 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27351 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27352 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27353 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27354 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27355 look like one of the following:
27356 Time-stamp: <>
27357 Time-stamp: \" \"
27358 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27359 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27360 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27361 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27362 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27363 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27364 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27365 the template.
27366
27367 \(fn)" t nil)
27368
27369 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27370 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27371 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27372
27373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27374
27375 ;;;***
27376 \f
27377 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27378 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27379 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27380 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27381 ;;;;;; (17992 30878))
27382 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27383
27384 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27385 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27386 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27387 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27388 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27389 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27390 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27391 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27392 display (non-nil means on).
27393
27394 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27395
27396 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27397 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27398 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27399 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27400 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27401 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27402 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27403 this function is called within a day.
27404
27405 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27406 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27407 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27408 discover the name of the project.
27409
27410 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27411
27412 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27413 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27414 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27415 begun during the last time segment.
27416
27417 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27418 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27419 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27420 discover the reason.
27421
27422 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27423
27424 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27425 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27426 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27427 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27428 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27429
27430 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27431
27432 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27433 Change to working on a different project.
27434 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27435 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27436 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27437 working on.
27438
27439 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27440
27441 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27442 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27443 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27444
27445 \(fn)" nil nil)
27446
27447 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27448 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27449 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27450
27451 \(fn)" t nil)
27452
27453 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27454 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27455 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27456 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27457 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27458 \"relative to today\".
27459
27460 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27461
27462 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27463 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27464 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27465 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27466
27467 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27468
27469 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27470 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27471 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27472 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27473 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27474 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27475
27476 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27477
27478 ;;;***
27479 \f
27480 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27481 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27482 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17935 13348))
27483 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27484
27485 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27486
27487 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27488 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27489
27490 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27491
27492 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27493 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27494 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27495 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27496
27497 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27498
27499 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27500 Perform an action at time TIME.
27501 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27502 TIME should be one of: a string giving an absolute time like
27503 \"11:23pm\" (the acceptable formats are those recognized by
27504 `diary-entry-time'; note that such times are interpreted as times
27505 today, even if in the past); a string giving a relative time like
27506 \"2 hours 35 minutes\" (the acceptable formats are those
27507 recognized by `timer-duration'); nil meaning now; a number of
27508 seconds from now; a value from `encode-time'; or t (with non-nil
27509 REPEAT) meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. REPEAT may
27510 be an integer or floating point number. The action is to call
27511 FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27512
27513 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27514
27515 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27516
27517 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27518 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27519 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27520 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27521 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27522
27523 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27524
27525 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27526
27527 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27528 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27529 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27530 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27531
27532 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27533
27534 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27535 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27536 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27537 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27538 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27539 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27540 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27541
27542 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27543 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27544
27545 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27546
27547 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27548 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27549
27550 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27551 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27552 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27553 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27554 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27555 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27556 be detected.
27557
27558 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27559
27560 ;;;***
27561 \f
27562 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27563 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17870 32853))
27564 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27565
27566 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27567 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27568 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27569 the generated Quail package is saved.
27570
27571 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27572
27573 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27574 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27575 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27576 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27577 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27578 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27579 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27580
27581 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27582
27583 ;;;***
27584 \f
27585 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27586 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17842
27587 ;;;;;; 58278))
27588 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27589
27590 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27591 Not documented
27592
27593 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27594
27595 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27596 Not documented
27597
27598 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27599
27600 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27601 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27602 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27603 PATTERN regexp.
27604
27605 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27606
27607 ;;;***
27608 \f
27609 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27610 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17952 58711))
27611 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27612 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27613 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27614 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27615
27616 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27617 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27618 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27619 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27620 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27621
27622 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27623
27624 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27625 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27626 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27627 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27628 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27629
27630 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27631
27632 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27633 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27634 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27635 in the menu in two ways:
27636 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27637 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27638 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27639
27640 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27641 keymap or an alist of alists.
27642 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27643 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27644
27645 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27646
27647 ;;;***
27648 \f
27649 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27650 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27651 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17962 52848))
27652 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27653
27654 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27655 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27656
27657 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
27658
27659 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27660 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27661
27662 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27663
27664 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27665 Insert new TODO list entry.
27666 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27667 category.
27668
27669 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27670
27671 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27672 List top priorities for each category.
27673
27674 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27675 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27676
27677 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27678 between each category.
27679
27680 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27681
27682 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27683 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27684 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27685 between each category.
27686
27687 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27688
27689 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27690
27691 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27692 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27693
27694 \\{todo-mode-map}
27695
27696 \(fn)" t nil)
27697
27698 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27699 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27700
27701 \(fn)" nil nil)
27702
27703 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27704 Show TODO list.
27705
27706 \(fn)" t nil)
27707
27708 ;;;***
27709 \f
27710 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27711 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
27712 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
27713 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27714
27715 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27716
27717 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27718 Add an item to the tool bar.
27719 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27720 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27721 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27722 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27723
27724 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27725 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27726 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27727 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27728
27729 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27730 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27731
27732 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27733
27734 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27735 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27736 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27737 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27738 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27739 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27740
27741 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27742 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27743 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27744 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27745
27746 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27747
27748 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27749 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27750 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27751 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27752 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27753 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27754 properties to add to the binding.
27755
27756 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27757
27758 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27759 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27760
27761 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27762
27763 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27764 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27765 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27766 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27767 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27768 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27769 properties to add to the binding.
27770
27771 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27772 holds a keymap.
27773
27774 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27775
27776 ;;;***
27777 \f
27778 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27779 ;;;;;; (18006 55796))
27780 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27781
27782 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27783 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27784 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27785 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27786 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27787 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27788
27789 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" nil)
27790
27791 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27792 TPU/edt emulation.
27793
27794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27795
27796 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27797
27798 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27799 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27800
27801 \(fn)" t nil)
27802
27803 ;;;***
27804 \f
27805 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27806 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17842 54264))
27807 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27808
27809 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27810 Set scroll margins.
27811
27812 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27813
27814 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27815 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27816
27817 \(fn)" t nil)
27818
27819 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27820 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27821
27822 \(fn)" t nil)
27823
27824 ;;;***
27825 \f
27826 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17842 54152))
27827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27828
27829 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27830 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27831 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27832 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27833 to a tcp server on another machine.
27834
27835 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27836
27837 ;;;***
27838 \f
27839 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27840 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17842 54152))
27841 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27842
27843 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27844 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27845
27846 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace" t)
27847
27848 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27849 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27850 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27851 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27852 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27853 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27854 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27855 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27856
27857 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27858
27859 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27860 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27861 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27862 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27863 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27864 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27865 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27866 the window or buffer configuration.
27867
27868 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27869
27870 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27871
27872 ;;;***
27873 \f
27874 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27875 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27876 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
27877 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17934 45069))
27878 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27879
27880 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27881 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27882 Otherwise, use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27883
27884 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27885 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27886 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27887 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27888
27889 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27890 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27891 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27892 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27893
27894 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27895 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27896 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27897 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27898 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27899 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27900 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27901 files which are not really tramp files.
27902
27903 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27904 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27905 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27906 updated after changing this variable.
27907
27908 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27909
27910 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27911
27912 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27913 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27914 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27915 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27916
27917 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27918 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27919 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27920 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27921
27922 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27923 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27924 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27925
27926 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27927 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27928 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27929 updated after changing this variable.
27930
27931 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27932
27933 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27934
27935 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
27936 Alist of completion handler functions.
27937 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
27938 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
27939 normal Emacs functions.")
27940
27941 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27942 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
27943 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27944 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27945
27946 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27947 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
27948 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27949 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27950
27951 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27952 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27953 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27954
27955 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27956
27957 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
27958 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
27959 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
27960
27961 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
27962 Add tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
27963
27964 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
27965 Add tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
27966 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
27967 (add-hook
27968 'after-init-hook
27969 '(lambda () (tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)))
27970
27971 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
27972 Not documented
27973
27974 \(fn)" nil nil)
27975
27976 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
27977 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
27978
27979 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27980
27981 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
27982 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
27983
27984 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
27985
27986 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
27987 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
27988
27989 \(fn)" t nil)
27990
27991 ;;;***
27992 \f
27993 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
27994 ;;;;;; (17842 55218))
27995 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
27996
27997 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
27998 Not documented
27999
28000 \(fn)" nil nil)
28001
28002 ;;;***
28003 \f
28004 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18006
28005 ;;;;;; 55796))
28006 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28007
28008 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "\
28009 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28010 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28011 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28012 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28013 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28014 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28015 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28016
28017 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28018 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28019 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28020
28021 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28022 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28023 resumed later.
28024
28025 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28026
28027 ;;;***
28028 \f
28029 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28030 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17842 58276))
28031 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28032 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28033 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28034 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28035
28036 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
28037 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28038 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28039 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28040 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28041 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28042 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28043
28044 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28045
28046 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
28047 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28048 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28049 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28050
28051 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28052
28053 \(fn)" t nil)
28054
28055 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
28056 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28057 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28058 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28059 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28060 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28061 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28062
28063 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28064 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28065
28066 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28067 \\___/\\
28068 / \\
28069 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28070
28071 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28072
28073 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28074
28075 ;;;***
28076 \f
28077 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28078 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28079 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28080 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28081 ;;;;;; (17908 29123))
28082 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28083
28084 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28085 Toggle typing break mode.
28086 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28087 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28088 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28089
28090 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" nil)
28091
28092 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28093 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28094
28095 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28096
28097 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28098 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28099
28100 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28101 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28102 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28103
28104 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28105 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28106
28107 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break" t)
28108
28109 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28110 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28111
28112 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28113 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28114 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28115 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28116
28117 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28118
28119 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28120 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28121 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28122
28123 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28124 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28125 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28126 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28127 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28128 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28129
28130 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28131 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28132 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28133 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28134
28135 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28136 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28137
28138 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28139 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28140
28141 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" t)
28142
28143 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
28144 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28145 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28146
28147 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28148 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28149 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28150 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28151 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28152 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28153 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28154
28155 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28156 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28157
28158 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28159 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28160 reset the keystroke counter.
28161
28162 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28163 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28164 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28165 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28166
28167 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28168 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28169 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28170 `type-break-schedule' command.
28171
28172 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28173 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28174 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28175 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28176 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28177 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28178 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28179 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28180 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28181
28182 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28183 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28184 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28185 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28186 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28187
28188 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28189 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28190 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28191 approximate good values for this.
28192
28193 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28194 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28195
28196 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28197 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28198 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28199 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28200 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28201 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28202
28203 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28204 a typing break occur. They include:
28205
28206 `type-break-query-mode'
28207 `type-break-query-function'
28208 `type-break-query-interval'
28209
28210 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28211
28212 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28213 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28214 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28215 problems.
28216
28217 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28218
28219 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28220 Take a typing break.
28221
28222 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28223 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28224
28225 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28226 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28227
28228 \(fn)" t nil)
28229
28230 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28231 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28232 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28233 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28234
28235 \(fn)" t nil)
28236
28237 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28238 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28239
28240 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28241 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28242 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28243 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28244 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28245 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28246 average typing speed.)
28247
28248 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28249 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28250 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28251 the computed maximum threshold.
28252
28253 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28254 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28255 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28256 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28257 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28258
28259 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28260
28261 ;;;***
28262 \f
28263 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28264 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17842 58276))
28265 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28266
28267 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28268 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28269 Works by overstriking underscores.
28270 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28271 which specify the range to operate on.
28272
28273 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28274
28275 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28276 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28277 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28278 which specify the range to operate on.
28279
28280 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28281
28282 ;;;***
28283 \f
28284 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28285 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17842 55035))
28286 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28287
28288 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28289 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28290 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28291
28292 \(fn)" t nil)
28293
28294 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28295 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28296 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28297 following the containing message.
28298
28299 \(fn)" t nil)
28300
28301 ;;;***
28302 \f
28303 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28304 ;;;;;; (17842 55035))
28305 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28306
28307 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28308 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28309 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28310 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28311 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28312 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28313
28314 \(fn)" nil nil)
28315
28316 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28317 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28318
28319 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28320
28321 ;;;***
28322 \f
28323 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17842
28324 ;;;;;; 54152))
28325 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28326
28327 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28328 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28329 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28330 of symbols with local bindings.
28331
28332 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28333
28334 ;;;***
28335 \f
28336 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28337 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17842 56569))
28338 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28339
28340 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28341 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28342 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28343
28344 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28345 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28346 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28347 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28348 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28349 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28350
28351 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28352 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28353 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28354
28355 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28356 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28357 the callback is not called).
28358
28359 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28360 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28361 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28362 take effect.
28363
28364 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28365
28366 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28367 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28368 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28369 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28370 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28371
28372 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28373
28374 ;;;***
28375 \f
28376 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28377 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17854 10173))
28378 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28379
28380 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28381 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28382 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28383
28384 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28385 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28386 `url-generic-parse-url'
28387 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28388 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28389 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28390 realm
28391 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28392 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28393 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28394 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28395 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28396 what type of auth to use
28397 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28398 if one cannot be found in the cache
28399
28400 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28401
28402 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28403 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28404
28405 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28406 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28407 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28408 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28409 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28410 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28411 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28412 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28413
28414 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28415
28416 ;;;***
28417 \f
28418 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28419 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17842
28420 ;;;;;; 56569))
28421 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28422
28423 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28424 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28425
28426 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28427
28428 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28429 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28430
28431 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28432
28433 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28434 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28435
28436 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28437
28438 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28439 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28440
28441 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28442
28443 ;;;***
28444 \f
28445 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17842 56569))
28446 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28447
28448 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28449 Not documented
28450
28451 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28452
28453 ;;;***
28454 \f
28455 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28456 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17842 56569))
28457 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28458
28459 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28460 Not documented
28461
28462 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28463
28464 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28465 Not documented
28466
28467 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28468
28469 ;;;***
28470 \f
28471 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17842
28472 ;;;;;; 56569))
28473 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28474
28475 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28476 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28477
28478 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28479
28480 ;;;***
28481 \f
28482 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28483 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17842 56569))
28484 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28485
28486 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28487 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28488
28489 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28490
28491 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28492 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28493 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28494 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28495 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28496
28497 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28498
28499 ;;;***
28500 \f
28501 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28502 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17842
28503 ;;;;;; 56569))
28504 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28505
28506 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28507 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28508 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28509 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28510 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28511 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28512
28513 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" nil)
28514
28515 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28516 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28517
28518 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28519
28520 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28521 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28522 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28523 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28524 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28525 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28526 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28527 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28528 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28529
28530 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28531
28532 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28533 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28534 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28535 accessible.
28536
28537 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28538
28539 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28540 Not documented
28541
28542 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28543
28544 ;;;***
28545 \f
28546 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28547 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17952 11683))
28548 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28549
28550 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28551 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28552 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28553 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28554 CBARGS as the arguments.
28555
28556 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28557
28558 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28559 Not documented
28560
28561 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28562
28563 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28564
28565 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28566 Not documented
28567
28568 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28569
28570 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28571 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28572 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28573
28574 Property list members:
28575
28576 methods
28577 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28578 supports.
28579
28580 dav
28581 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28582 supported.
28583
28584 dasl
28585 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28586
28587 ranges
28588 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28589
28590 p3p
28591 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28592 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28593 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28594 Emacs/W3.
28595
28596 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28597
28598 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28599 Default HTTPS port.")
28600
28601 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28602 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28603
28604 (defalias (quote url-https-expand-file-name) (quote url-http-expand-file-name))
28605 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28606 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28607 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28608 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28609
28610 ;;;***
28611 \f
28612 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17842 56569))
28613 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28614
28615 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28616 Not documented
28617
28618 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28619
28620 ;;;***
28621 \f
28622 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17842
28623 ;;;;;; 56569))
28624 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28625
28626 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28627 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28628 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28629 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28630 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28631
28632 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28633
28634 ;;;***
28635 \f
28636 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28637 ;;;;;; (18012 18089))
28638 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28639
28640 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28641 Not documented
28642
28643 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28644
28645 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28646 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28647
28648 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28649
28650 ;;;***
28651 \f
28652 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28653 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17842 56569))
28654 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28655
28656 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28657 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28658
28659 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28660
28661 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28662 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28663
28664 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28665
28666 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28667 Not documented
28668
28669 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28670
28671 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28672
28673 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28674
28675 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28676
28677 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28678 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28679
28680 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28681
28682 ;;;***
28683 \f
28684 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28685 ;;;;;; (17842 56569))
28686 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28687
28688 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28689 Not documented
28690
28691 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28692
28693 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28694 Not documented
28695
28696 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28697
28698 ;;;***
28699 \f
28700 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28701 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28702 ;;;;;; (17842 56569))
28703 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28704
28705 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28706 Not documented
28707
28708 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28709
28710 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28711 Not documented
28712
28713 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28714
28715 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28716 Not documented
28717
28718 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28719
28720 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28721 Not documented
28722
28723 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28724
28725 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28726 Not documented
28727
28728 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28729
28730 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28731 Not documented
28732
28733 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28734
28735 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28736 Not documented
28737
28738 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28739
28740 ;;;***
28741 \f
28742 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28743 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17954 22157))
28744 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28745
28746 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28747 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28748
28749 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28750
28751 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28752 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28753 Format is:
28754 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28755
28756 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28757
28758 ;;;***
28759 \f
28760 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28761 ;;;;;; (17842 56569))
28762 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28763
28764 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28765 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28766
28767 \(fn)" t nil)
28768
28769 ;;;***
28770 \f
28771 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28772 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28773 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28774 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28775 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28776 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28777 ;;;;;; (17842 56569))
28778 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28779
28780 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28781 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28782 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28783
28784 If t, all messages will be logged.
28785 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28786 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28787
28788 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" t)
28789
28790 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28791 Not documented
28792
28793 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28794
28795 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28796 Not documented
28797
28798 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28799
28800 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28801 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28802 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28803 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28804 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28805 & ==> &amp;
28806 < ==> &lt;
28807 > ==> &gt;
28808 \" ==> &quot;
28809
28810 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28811
28812 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28813 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28814 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28815
28816 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28817
28818 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28819 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28820 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28821
28822 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28823
28824 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
28825 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28826
28827 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28828
28829 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
28830 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28831
28832 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28833
28834 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
28835 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28836
28837 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28838
28839 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
28840 Not documented
28841
28842 \(fn N)" nil nil)
28843
28844 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
28845 Not documented
28846
28847 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28848
28849 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
28850 Not documented
28851
28852 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28853
28854 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
28855 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
28856
28857 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
28858
28859 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
28860 Not documented
28861
28862 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28863
28864 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
28865 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
28866 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28867 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28868 forbidden in URL encoding.
28869
28870 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28871
28872 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
28873 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
28874 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
28875 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
28876 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
28877 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
28878
28879 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28880
28881 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
28882 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
28883 If optional variable X is t,
28884 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
28885
28886 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
28887
28888 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
28889 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
28890 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
28891
28892 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
28893
28894 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
28895 View the current document's URL.
28896 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
28897 the minibuffer.
28898
28899 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
28900
28901 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
28902
28903 ;;;***
28904 \f
28905 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
28906 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17842 58278))
28907 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
28908
28909 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
28910 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
28911 This function has a choice of three things to do:
28912 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
28913 to refrain from editing the file
28914 return t (grab the lock on the file)
28915 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
28916 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
28917 in any way you like.
28918
28919 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
28920
28921 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
28922 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
28923 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
28924 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
28925 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
28926
28927 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
28928 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
28929
28930 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
28931
28932 ;;;***
28933 \f
28934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17842 54888))
28935 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
28936 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
28937
28938 ;;;***
28939 \f
28940 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
28941 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
28942 ;;;;;; (17855 50203))
28943 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
28944
28945 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
28946 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
28947 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
28948 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
28949
28950 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28951
28952 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
28953 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
28954 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28955
28956 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28957
28958 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
28959 Uudecode region between START and END.
28960 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28961
28962 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
28963
28964 ;;;***
28965 \f
28966 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
28967 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
28968 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
28969 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
28970 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
28971 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
28972 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17992 30877))
28973 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
28974
28975 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
28976 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
28977 See `run-hooks'.")
28978
28979 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc" t)
28980
28981 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
28982 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
28983 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
28984
28985 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
28986
28987 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
28988 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
28989 See `run-hooks'.")
28990
28991 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
28992
28993 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
28994 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
28995
28996 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
28997
28998 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
28999 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29000
29001 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29002
29003 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
29004 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
29005 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
29006 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
29007 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
29008 somebody else, signal error.
29009
29010 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29011
29012 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
29013 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
29014 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
29015 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
29016 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
29017
29018 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29019
29020 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
29021 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29022 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
29023 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
29024 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
29025 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29026 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
29027 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
29028 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
29029 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
29030 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29031 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29032
29033 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29034
29035 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
29036 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
29037
29038 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
29039 it will operate on the file in the current line.
29040
29041 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
29042 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
29043 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
29044 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
29045 lock steals will raise an error.
29046
29047 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
29048
29049 For RCS and SCCS files:
29050 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29051 control.
29052 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29053 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
29054 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29055 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
29056 it performs a revert.
29057 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29058 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29059 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29060 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29061 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
29062 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
29063 the option to steal the lock.
29064
29065 For CVS files:
29066 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29067 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
29068 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
29069 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
29070 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29071 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29072 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29073 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29074 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29075
29076 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29077
29078 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
29079 Register the current file into a version control system.
29080 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
29081 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29082
29083 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29084 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29085 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29086 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29087 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29088 first backend that could register the file is used.
29089
29090 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
29091
29092 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
29093 Display diffs between file versions.
29094 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
29095 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
29096 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
29097 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
29098 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29099 saving the buffer.
29100
29101 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29102
29103 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
29104 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
29105 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
29106 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29107
29108 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29109
29110 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
29111 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29112 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29113 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29114
29115 \(fn)" t nil)
29116
29117 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
29118 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
29119 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29120 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29121 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29122 from the current branch.
29123
29124 See Info node `Merging'.
29125
29126 \(fn)" t nil)
29127
29128 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
29129
29130 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
29131 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29132
29133 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29134
29135 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29136 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29137
29138 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29139
29140 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
29141 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29142 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
29143 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
29144 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
29145 are checked out in that new branch.
29146
29147 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29148
29149 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
29150 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29151 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
29152 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29153 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29154 allowed and simply skipped).
29155
29156 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29157
29158 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
29159 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
29160 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29161
29162 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
29163
29164 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
29165 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
29166 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29167 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
29168 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
29169
29170 \(fn)" t nil)
29171
29172 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
29173 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29174 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29175 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
29176 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29177 the current branch are merged into the working file.
29178
29179 \(fn)" t nil)
29180
29181 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
29182 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29183 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29184
29185 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29186
29187 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29188 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29189 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29190 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29191 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29192 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29193 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29194
29195 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29196
29197 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29198 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29199 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29200 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29201 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29202 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29203 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29204 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29205 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29206
29207 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29208
29209 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29210 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29211
29212 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29213
29214 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29215 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29216 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29217 directory.
29218
29219 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29220
29221 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29222 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29223 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29224
29225 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29226 log entries should be gathered.
29227
29228 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29229
29230 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29231 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29232
29233 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29234 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29235 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29236 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29237 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29238 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29239
29240 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29241 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29242 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29243 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29244 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29245 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29246 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29247 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29248
29249 Customization variables:
29250
29251 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29252 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29253 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29254 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29255
29256 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29257
29258 ;;;***
29259 \f
29260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17930 34221))
29261 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29262 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29263 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29264 (progn
29265 (load "vc-arch")
29266 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29267
29268 ;;;***
29269 \f
29270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17842 58278))
29271 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29272 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29273 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29274 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29275 (load "vc-cvs")
29276 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29277
29278 ;;;***
29279 \f
29280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17842 58278))
29281 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29282 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29283 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29284 (progn
29285 (load "vc-mcvs")
29286 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29287
29288 ;;;***
29289 \f
29290 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29291 ;;;;;; (17925 15266))
29292 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29293
29294 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29295 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29296 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29297
29298 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" t)
29299 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29300
29301 ;;;***
29302 \f
29303 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29304 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
29305 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29306
29307 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29308 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29309 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29310
29311 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" t)
29312 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29313
29314 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29315 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29316 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29317 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29318
29319 ;;;***
29320 \f
29321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17881 64914))
29322 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29323 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29324 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29325 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29326 "_svn")
29327 (t ".svn"))))
29328 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29329 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29330 (file-name-directory f)))
29331 (load "vc-svn")
29332 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29333
29334 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29335
29336 ;;;***
29337 \f
29338 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29339 ;;;;;; (17962 27361))
29340 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29341
29342 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29343 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29344
29345 Usage:
29346 ------
29347
29348 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29349 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29350 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29351 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29352 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29353 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29354 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29355 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29356 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29357
29358 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29359 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29360 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29361 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29362
29363 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29364 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29365 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29366 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29367 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29368
29369 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29370 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29371
29372
29373 HEADER INSERTION:
29374 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29375 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29376 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29377
29378
29379 STUTTERING:
29380 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29381 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29382 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29383 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29384
29385 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29386 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29387 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29388 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29389 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29390
29391
29392 WORD COMPLETION:
29393 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29394 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29395 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29396 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29397
29398 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29399 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29400 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29401 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29402 beginning with \"std\").
29403
29404 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29405 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29406 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29407 stop.
29408
29409
29410 COMMENTS:
29411 `--' puts a single comment.
29412 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29413 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29414 with a comment in between.
29415 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29416 out following lines.
29417 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29418 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29419
29420 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29421 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29422 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29423 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29424 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29425 non-nil.
29426
29427 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29428 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29429 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29430 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29431 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29432 multi-line comments.
29433
29434
29435 INDENTATION:
29436 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29437 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29438 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29439 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29440
29441 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29442 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29443 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29444 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29445
29446 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29447 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29448 and vice versa.
29449
29450 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29451 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29452
29453
29454 ALIGNMENT:
29455 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29456 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29457 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29458 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29459 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29460 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29461 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29462 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29463
29464 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29465 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29466 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29467 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29468 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29469 is non-nil.
29470
29471 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29472 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29473 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29474
29475 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29476 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29477
29478
29479 CODE FILLING:
29480 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29481 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29482 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29483 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29484 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29485 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29486
29487
29488 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29489 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29490 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29491 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29492 command:
29493
29494 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29495
29496
29497 PORT TRANSLATION:
29498 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29499 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29500 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29501 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29502 internal signal initializations (menu).
29503
29504 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29505 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29506 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29507
29508 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29509 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29510 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29511 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29512 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29513 in subsequent paste operations.)
29514
29515 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29516 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29517 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29518
29519
29520 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29521 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29522 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29523 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29524 association list with formals).
29525
29526
29527 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29528 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29529 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29530 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29531 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29532 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29533 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29534 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29535 `vhdl-testbench'.
29536
29537
29538 KEY BINDINGS:
29539 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29540
29541
29542 VHDL MENU:
29543 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29544
29545
29546 FILE BROWSER:
29547 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29548 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29549 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29550
29551 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29552 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29553
29554
29555 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29556 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29557 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29558 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29559
29560 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29561 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29562 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29563
29564 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29565 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29566 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29567 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29568
29569 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29570 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29571 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29572 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29573 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29574
29575 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29576 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29577 required by secondary units.
29578
29579
29580 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29581 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29582 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29583 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29584 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29585 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29586 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29587 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29588 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29589 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29590 inputs to this component -> input port created
29591 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29592 outputs from this component -> output port created
29593 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29594 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29595
29596 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29597 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29598 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29599 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29600 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29601
29602 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29603 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29604
29605 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29606 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29607 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29608 component instantiation is also supported (option
29609 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29610
29611 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29612 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29613 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29614 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29615 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29616 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29617 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29618 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29619 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29620 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29621 | generating the configuration.
29622 |
29623 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29624 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29625 | configurations in speedbar.
29626
29627 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29628
29629
29630 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29631 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29632 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29633 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29634 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29635 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29636 information. New compilers can be added.
29637
29638 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29639 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29640
29641
29642 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29643 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29644 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29645 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29646 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29647
29648 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29649 command:
29650
29651 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29652 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29653 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29654
29655 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29656 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29657 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29658 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29659 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29660 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29661 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29662
29663 Limitations:
29664 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29665 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29666 not (yet) supported.
29667 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29668 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29669 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29670
29671
29672 PROJECTS:
29673 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29674 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29675 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29676 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29677 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29678 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29679 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29680 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29681
29682 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29683 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29684 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29685 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29686 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29687 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29688 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29689 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29690 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29691 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29692 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29693
29694
29695 SPECIAL MENUES:
29696 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29697 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29698 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29699 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29700 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29701 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29702 current directory for VHDL source files.
29703
29704
29705 VHDL STANDARDS:
29706 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29707 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29708
29709
29710 KEYWORD CASE:
29711 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29712 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29713 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29714 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29715 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29716 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29717 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29718 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29719
29720
29721 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29722 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29723 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29724 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29725 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29726 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29727 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29728
29729 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29730 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29731 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29732 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29733 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29734 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29735
29736 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29737 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29738 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29739 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29740 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29741 visually.
29742
29743 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29744 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29745 highlighted if written in lower case.
29746
29747 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29748 highlighted using a different background color if option
29749 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29750
29751 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29752 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29753 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29754 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29755 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29756
29757
29758 USER MODELS:
29759 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29760 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29761 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29762
29763
29764 HIDE/SHOW:
29765 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29766 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29767 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29768 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29769 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29770
29771
29772 CODE UPDATING:
29773 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29774 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29775 Limitations:
29776 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29777 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29778 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29779 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29780 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29781 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29782 (used to obtain the port names).
29783
29784
29785 CODE FIXING:
29786 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29787 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29788
29789
29790 PRINTING:
29791 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29792 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29793 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29794 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29795 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29796 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29797 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29798 printers.
29799
29800
29801 OPTIONS:
29802 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29803 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29804 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29805 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29806 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29807
29808 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29809 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29810 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29811 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29812 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29813 INSTALL file).
29814
29815 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29816 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29817
29818
29819 FILE EXTENSIONS:
29820 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29821 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29822 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29823
29824 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
29825
29826
29827 HINTS:
29828 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
29829 a VHDL file first, use the command:
29830
29831 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
29832
29833 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
29834
29835 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
29836
29837
29838 RELEASE NOTES:
29839 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
29840
29841
29842 Maintenance:
29843 ------------
29844
29845 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
29846 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29847
29848 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
29849
29850 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
29851 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
29852 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
29853 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
29854
29855 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
29856 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
29857 where the latest version can be found.
29858
29859
29860 Known problems:
29861 ---------------
29862
29863 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
29864 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
29865 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
29866
29867
29868 The VHDL Mode Authors
29869 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
29870
29871 Key bindings:
29872 -------------
29873
29874 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
29875
29876 \(fn)" t nil)
29877
29878 ;;;***
29879 \f
29880 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17788 40208))
29881 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
29882
29883 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
29884 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
29885 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
29886 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
29887
29888 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
29889 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
29890 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
29891 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
29892 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
29893
29894 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
29895 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
29896
29897 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
29898
29899 * Limitations and unsupported features
29900 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
29901 not supported.
29902 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
29903 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
29904
29905 * Modifications
29906 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
29907 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
29908 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
29909 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
29910 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
29911 for undoing a repeated change command.
29912 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
29913 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
29914 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
29915
29916 * Extensions
29917 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
29918 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
29919 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
29920 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
29921 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
29922 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
29923 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
29924 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
29925
29926 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
29927
29928 \(fn)" t nil)
29929
29930 ;;;***
29931 \f
29932 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
29933 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
29934 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
29935 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17842 58278))
29936 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
29937
29938 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
29939 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
29940
29941 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
29942
29943 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29944 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
29945 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29946 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29947
29948 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29949
29950 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29951 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
29952
29953 \(fn)" t nil)
29954
29955 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29956 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29957 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29958 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29959
29960 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29961
29962 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29963 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29964
29965 \(fn)" t nil)
29966
29967 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29968 Not documented
29969
29970 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29971
29972 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29973 Not documented
29974
29975 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29976
29977 ;;;***
29978 \f
29979 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
29980 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
29981 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (18006
29982 ;;;;;; 55796))
29983 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
29984
29985 (defvar view-mode nil "\
29986 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
29987 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
29988 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
29989
29990 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
29991
29992 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
29993 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29994 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29995 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29996 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29997 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29998 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
29999
30000 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30001
30002 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30003
30004 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
30005 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30006 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
30007 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30008 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30009 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30010 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30011 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30012
30013 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30014
30015 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30016
30017 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
30018 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30019 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
30020 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30021 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30022 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30023 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30024 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30025
30026 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30027
30028 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30029
30030 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
30031 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30032 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30033 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30034 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30035 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30036 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30037
30038 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30039
30040 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30041 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30042 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30043
30044 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30045
30046 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
30047 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30048 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30049 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30050 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30051 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30052 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30053 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30054
30055 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30056
30057 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30058 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30059 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30060
30061 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30062
30063 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
30064 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30065 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30066 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30067 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30068 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30069 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30070 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30071
30072 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30073
30074 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30075 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30076 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30077
30078 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30079
30080 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
30081 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30082 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
30083
30084 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30085 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30086 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30087 read-only.
30088 \\<view-mode-map>
30089 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30090 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30091 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30092 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30093 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30094
30095 H, h, ? This message.
30096 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30097 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30098 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30099 > move to the end of buffer.
30100 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30101 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30102 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30103 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30104 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30105 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30106 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30107 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30108 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30109 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30110 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30111 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30112 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30113 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30114 Use this to view a changing file.
30115 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30116 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30117 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30118 . set the mark.
30119 x exchanges point and mark.
30120 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30121 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30122 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30123 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30124 ' go to position saved in character register.
30125 s do forward incremental search.
30126 r do reverse incremental search.
30127 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30128 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30129 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30130 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30131 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30132 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30133 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30134 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30135 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30136 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30137 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30138 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30139 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30140 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30141 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30142 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30143 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30144
30145 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30146 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30147 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30148 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30149 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30150 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30151 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30152 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30153 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30154
30155 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30156
30157 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30158
30159 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
30160 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30161 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
30162 `view-return-to-alist'.
30163 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
30164 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
30165 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
30166
30167 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
30168 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30169 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
30170 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
30171 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30172 1) nil Do nothing.
30173 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
30174 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30175 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30176 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30177
30178 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30179
30180 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30181
30182 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30183
30184 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30185 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30186
30187 \(fn)" t nil)
30188
30189 ;;;***
30190 \f
30191 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17842
30192 ;;;;;; 54264))
30193 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30194
30195 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30196 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30197
30198 \(fn)" nil nil)
30199
30200 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30201 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30202
30203 \(fn)" t nil)
30204
30205 ;;;***
30206 \f
30207 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30208 ;;;;;; (17921 23052))
30209 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30210
30211 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30212 Toggle Viper on/off.
30213 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30214
30215 \(fn)" t nil)
30216
30217 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30218 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30219
30220 \(fn)" t nil)
30221
30222 ;;;***
30223 \f
30224 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30225 ;;;;;; (17935 13348))
30226 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30227
30228 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30229 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30230 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30231 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30232 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30233 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30234 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30235 the beginning of the warning.")
30236
30237 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30238 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30239 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30240 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30241 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30242 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30243 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30244 also call that function before the next warning.")
30245
30246 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30247 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30248
30249 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30250 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30251 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30252 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30253
30254 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30255 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30256 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30257 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30258 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30259 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30260
30261 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30262 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30263 Default is :warning.
30264
30265 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30266 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30267 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30268 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30269 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30270 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30271
30272 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30273 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30274 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30275
30276 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30277
30278 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30279 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30280
30281 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30282
30283 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30284 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30285 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30286 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30287
30288 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30289 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30290 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30291 can be whatever you like.)
30292
30293 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30294 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30295
30296 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30297 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30298 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30299 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30300 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30301
30302 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30303
30304 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30305 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30306 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30307 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30308 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30309
30310 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30311
30312 ;;;***
30313 \f
30314 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30315 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
30316 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30317
30318 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30319 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30320 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30321 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30322 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30323 in disk.
30324
30325 See `wdired-mode'.
30326
30327 \(fn)" t nil)
30328
30329 ;;;***
30330 \f
30331 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17842 55218))
30332 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30333
30334 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30335 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30336
30337 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30338 hotlist.
30339
30340 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30341 <nwv@acm.org>.
30342
30343 \(fn)" t nil)
30344
30345 ;;;***
30346 \f
30347 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30348 ;;;;;; (17842 56332))
30349 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30350 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30351 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30352
30353 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30354
30355 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30356 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30357 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30358 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30359 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30360 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30361
30362 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" nil)
30363
30364 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30365 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30366 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30367 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30368
30369 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30370 and off otherwise.
30371
30372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30373
30374 ;;;***
30375 \f
30376 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30377 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30378 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30379 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30380 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30381 ;;;;;; (17925 15266))
30382 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30383
30384 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30385 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30386
30387 \(fn)" t nil)
30388
30389 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30390 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30391
30392 \(fn)" t nil)
30393
30394 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30395 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30396
30397 \(fn)" t nil)
30398
30399 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30400 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30401
30402 \(fn)" t nil)
30403
30404 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30405 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30406
30407 \(fn)" t nil)
30408
30409 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30410 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30411 These are:
30412 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30413 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30414 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30415 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30416 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30417
30418 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30419 and:
30420 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30421 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30422
30423 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30424
30425 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30426 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30427
30428 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30429
30430 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30431 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30432 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30433 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30434 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30435
30436 \(fn)" t nil)
30437
30438 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30439 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30440
30441 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30442
30443 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30444
30445 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30446 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30447 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30448 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30449 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30450 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30451
30452 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" nil)
30453
30454 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30455 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30456 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30457
30458 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30459 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30460
30461 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30462
30463 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30464 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30465 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30466
30467 \(fn)" t nil)
30468
30469 ;;;***
30470 \f
30471 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30472 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17842 58278))
30473 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30474
30475 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30476 Browse the widget under point.
30477
30478 \(fn POS)" t nil)
30479
30480 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30481 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30482
30483 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30484
30485 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30486 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30487
30488 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30489
30490 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30491 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30492 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30493
30494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30495
30496 ;;;***
30497 \f
30498 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30499 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17952
30500 ;;;;;; 11093))
30501 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30502
30503 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30504 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30505
30506 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30507
30508 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30509 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30510 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30511
30512 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30513
30514 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30515 Create widget of TYPE.
30516 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30517
30518 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30519
30520 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30521 Delete WIDGET.
30522
30523 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30524
30525 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30526 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30527
30528 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30529
30530 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30531
30532 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30533 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30534 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30535
30536 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30537 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30538
30539 \(fn)" nil nil)
30540
30541 ;;;***
30542 \f
30543 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30544 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17842
30545 ;;;;;; 58278))
30546 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30547
30548 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30549 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30550 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30551 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30552 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30553 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30554 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30555
30556 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30557
30558 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30559 Select the window above the current one.
30560 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30561 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30562 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30563 negative ARG) of the current window.
30564 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30565
30566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30567
30568 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30569 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30570 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30571 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30572 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30573 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30574 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30575
30576 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30577
30578 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30579 Select the window below the current one.
30580 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30581 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30582 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30583 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30584 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30585
30586 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30587
30588 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30589 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30590 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30591 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30592
30593 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30594
30595 ;;;***
30596 \f
30597 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30598 ;;;;;; (17842 58278))
30599 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30600
30601 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30602 Toggle Winner mode.
30603 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30604 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30605
30606 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" nil)
30607
30608 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30609 Toggle Winner mode.
30610 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30611
30612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30613
30614 ;;;***
30615 \f
30616 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30617 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17949 41467))
30618 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30619
30620 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30621 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30622 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30623 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30624 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30625 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30626 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30627 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30628
30629 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30630 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30631
30632 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30633
30634 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30635 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30636
30637 \(fn)" t nil)
30638
30639 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30640 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30641 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30642 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30643 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30644 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30645 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30646 `woman' command for further details.
30647
30648 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30649
30650 ;;;***
30651 \f
30652 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30653 ;;;;;; (17842 54264))
30654 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30655
30656 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30657 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30658
30659 BUGS:
30660 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30661 are not implemented
30662 - Options for search and replace
30663 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30664 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30665
30666 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30667 Emacs-like.
30668
30669 The key bindings are:
30670
30671 C-a backward-word
30672 C-b fill-paragraph
30673 C-c scroll-up-line
30674 C-d forward-char
30675 C-e previous-line
30676 C-f forward-word
30677 C-g delete-char
30678 C-h backward-char
30679 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30680 C-j help-for-help
30681 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30682 C-l ws-repeat-search
30683 C-n open-line
30684 C-p quoted-insert
30685 C-r scroll-down-line
30686 C-s backward-char
30687 C-t kill-word
30688 C-u keyboard-quit
30689 C-v overwrite-mode
30690 C-w scroll-down
30691 C-x next-line
30692 C-y kill-complete-line
30693 C-z scroll-up
30694
30695 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30696 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30697 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30698 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30699 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30700 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30701 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30702 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30703 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30704 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30705 C-k b ws-begin-block
30706 C-k c ws-copy-block
30707 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30708 C-k f find-file
30709 C-k h ws-show-markers
30710 C-k i ws-indent-block
30711 C-k k ws-end-block
30712 C-k p ws-print-block
30713 C-k q kill-emacs
30714 C-k r insert-file
30715 C-k s save-some-buffers
30716 C-k t ws-mark-word
30717 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30718 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30719 C-k v ws-move-block
30720 C-k w ws-write-block
30721 C-k x kill-emacs
30722 C-k y ws-delete-block
30723
30724 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30725 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30726 C-o j justify-current-line
30727 C-o k kill-buffer
30728 C-o l list-buffers
30729 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30730 C-o r set-fill-column
30731 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30732 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30733 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30734 C-o wo other-window
30735 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30736
30737 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30738 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30739 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30740 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30741 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30742 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30743 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30744 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30745 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30746 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30747 C-q a ws-query-replace
30748 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30749 C-q c end-of-buffer
30750 C-q d end-of-line
30751 C-q f ws-search
30752 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30753 C-q l ws-undo
30754 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30755 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30756 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30757 C-q w ws-last-error
30758 C-q y ws-kill-eol
30759 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30760
30761 \(fn)" t nil)
30762
30763 ;;;***
30764 \f
30765 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30766 ;;;;;; (17916 14776))
30767 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30768
30769 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30770 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30771 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30772 Returns the top node with all its children.
30773 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30774 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30775
30776 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30777
30778 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30779 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30780 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30781 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30782 is not well-formed XML.
30783 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30784 and returned as the first element of the list.
30785 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30786
30787 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30788
30789 ;;;***
30790 \f
30791 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18007
30792 ;;;;;; 39657))
30793 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30794
30795 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30796 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30797 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30798 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30799 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30800 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30801
30802 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" nil)
30803
30804 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30805 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30806 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30807
30808 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30809 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30810 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30811 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30812 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30813 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30814
30815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30816
30817 ;;;***
30818 \f
30819 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30820 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17842 54741))
30821 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30822
30823 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
30824 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
30825
30826 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30827
30828 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
30829 Extract file name from an yenc header.
30830
30831 \(fn)" nil nil)
30832
30833 ;;;***
30834 \f
30835 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
30836 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17842 55395))
30837 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
30838
30839 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
30840 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
30841
30842 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
30843
30844 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
30845 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
30846
30847 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
30848
30849 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
30850 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
30851 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
30852
30853 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
30854
30855 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
30856 Zippy goes to the analyst.
30857
30858 \(fn)" t nil)
30859
30860 ;;;***
30861 \f
30862 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17941 38806))
30863 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
30864
30865 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
30866 Zone out, completely.
30867
30868 \(fn)" t nil)
30869
30870 ;;;***
30871 \f
30872 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
30873 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
30874 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
30875 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
30876 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
30877 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
30878 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
30879 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
30880 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
30881 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
30882 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
30883 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
30884 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
30885 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
30886 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
30887 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
30888 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
30889 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
30890 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
30891 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
30892 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
30893 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
30894 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
30895 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
30896 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
30897 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
30898 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
30899 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
30900 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
30901 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
30902 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
30903 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
30904 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
30905 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
30906 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
30907 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
30908 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
30909 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-nicklist.el"
30910 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
30911 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
30912 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
30913 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
30914 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
30915 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
30916 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
30917 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
30918 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
30919 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el"
30920 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
30921 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
30922 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
30923 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
30924 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
30925 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
30926 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
30927 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
30928 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
30929 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
30930 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
30931 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
30932 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
30933 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
30934 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
30935 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
30936 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
30937 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
30938 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
30939 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
30940 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
30941 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
30942 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
30943 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
30944 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
30945 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
30946 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
30947 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
30948 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
30949 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
30950 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
30951 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
30952 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
30953 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
30954 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
30955 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
30956 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
30957 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
30958 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
30959 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
30960 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
30961 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
30962 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
30963 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
30964 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
30965 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
30966 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
30967 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
30968 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
30969 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
30970 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
30971 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
30972 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
30973 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
30974 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
30975 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
30976 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
30977 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
30978 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
30979 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
30980 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
30981 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
30982 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
30983 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
30984 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
30985 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
30986 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
30987 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
30988 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
30989 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
30990 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
30991 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el"
30992 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
30993 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
30994 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
30995 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el"
30996 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
30997 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
30998 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
30999 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
31000 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
31001 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
31002 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (18016 62249 573562))
31003
31004 ;;;***
31005 \f
31006 ;; Local Variables:
31007 ;; version-control: never
31008 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31009 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31010 ;; End:
31011 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here